environmental impact assessment...

Prepared by M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd.

Applicant – Indrajeet Singh Jhala River Bed Mining of Ordinary Sand (Bajri) 1

STUDY PERIOD-DEC., 2013 TO FEB. – 2014 NON FOREST LAND

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT-

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR

RIVER BED MINING PROJECT OF MINOR MINERALS

ORDINARY SAND(BAJRI) AT

Rivers, Nallah, gair mumkin nadi in

Tehsil – Jhalarapatan of District – Jhalawar and

Tehsil Ramganj Mandi of District – Kota

State - Rajasthan

NAME OF RIVER – BADI KALI SINDH, AHU, CHANDRA BHAGA, REWA NADI &

THEIR CONNECTED FLOW NALLAHS

Purpose – fresh Grant,

Proposed production – 7,50,000 TPA

APPLIED LEASE AREA – 1695.06 Hect. PROJECT COST – 85 LAC. CATEGORY- ΄A΄

APPLICANT EIA CONSULTANT INDRAJEET SINGH JHALA M/S UDAIPUR MIN-TECH PVT. LTD. NALA MOHALLA, KHARI KUIYA, 206-APEKSHA COMPLEX, SECTOR NO.-11,

P.O. JHALAWAR, TEHSIL – JHALRAPATAN HIRAN MAGARI, UDAIPUR-313002 (RAJ.).

DIST. – JHALAWAR (RAJ.) PH- 91-294-2489672 (OFF.)

Mob. +91 9414193514 (M) Mob. 9414167672

E mail:- [email protected] E mail :- [email protected],

ACCREDITED BY NABET (S.NO. 155) CATEGORY “A” FOR SECTOR 1 & ‘B’

CATEGORY FOR SECTOR 22 & 38

mailto:[email protected]




CONTENTS

CHAPTER

NO.

PARTICULAR PAGE NO.

0 ACCREDITATION CERTIFICATE OF NABET 2-3

0 COMPLIANCE TO TERM OF REFERENCE

(TOR) 12-24

I INTRODUCTION 26

II PROJECT DESCRIPTION 36

III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 52

IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

& MITIGATION MEASURES 169

V ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 192

VI ADDITIONAL STUDIES 197

VII PROJECT BENEFITS 201

VIII ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 205

IX SUMMARY &CONCLUSION 215

X DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 220

QUESTIONNAIRE 225-270

ANNEXURES 271-475



Minutes of 86th Accreditation Committee Meeting for Surveillance Assessment

held on August 13, 2014



INDEX

S.NO. PARTICULAR PAGE NO.

CHAPTER - I

INTRODUCTION 26-36

1.1 PURPOSE OF REPORT 26

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT

PROPONENT 27

1.3 BRIEF PROJECT DESCRIPTION 28

1.4 LEASE STATUS 28

1.5 LOCATION AND COMMUNICATION 31

1.6 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN 32

1.7 METHODOLOGY FOR EIA 32

1.8 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 33

1.9 TERMS OF REFERENCE 36

CHAPTER – II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION 37-51

2.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE NATURE OF THE

PROJECT 37

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE

TO THE COUNTRY & REGION 37

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 37

2.4 DEMAND SUPPLY GAP 38

2.5 PHYSIOGRAPHY 38

2.6 DRAINAGE 38

2.7 ALTITUDE, LENGTH & WIDTH OF THE AREA 39

2.8 GENERAL GEOLOGY & LOCAL GEOLOGY 39

2.9 MINEABLE AREA RESERVE 42

2.10 METHOD OF MINING 45

2.11 REPLENISHMENT OF THE AREA 47

2.12 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION 48

2.13 WASTE GENERATION 48

2.14 TRANSPORTATION 48

2.15 ANTICIPATED LIFE OF MINE 49

2.16 THE QUANTUM OF DEVELOPMENT AND

TONNAGE 49

2.17 USE OF MINERALS 50

2.18 UTILITIES AND SITE SERVICES 50

2.19 PROPOSED SITE FACILITIES 51

CHAPTER - III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 52-168

3.1 GENERAL 52

3.2 TOPOGRAPHY 55

3.3 CLIMATIC CONDITION 58

3.4 PHYSIOGRAPHY 58

3.5 REPLENISHMENT OF THE AREA 60



3.6 HUMAN SETTLEMENT 60

3.7 HYDROLOGICAL ASPECT 60

3.8 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION 63

3.9 METEOROLOGY 63

3.10 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 67

3.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 83

3.12 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 90

3.13 WATER ENVIRONMENT 94

3.14 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 105

3.15 LAND ENVIRONMENT 138

3.16 SOCIO – ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 145

3.17 SOCIO ECONOMIC SURVEY 165

CHAPTER - IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES 169-191

4.1 INTRODUCTION 169

4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE 170

4.3 OPERATION PHASE 170

4.4 IMPACT ON CLIMATE 171

4.5 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT 172

4.6 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVEL 182

4.7 IMPACT ON HYDROLOGICAL CONDITION 183

4.8 IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY 183

4.9 IMPACT ON FLORA 184

4.10 IMPACT ON FAUNA 185

4.11 IMPACT ON LAND ENVIRONMENT 186

4.12 IMPACT ON SOIL 187

4.13 IMPACT ON SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 187

4.14 DETAILS OF INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES FOR

WORKERS 190

4.15 STRUCTURED ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

ACTION PLAN 190

CHAPTER – V

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 192-196


5.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 192

5.3 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT TEAM 194

5.4 MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS 194

5.5 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT 195

CHAPTER –VI

ADDITIONAL STUDIES 197-200


6.2 RISK ASSESSMENT 198

6.3 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT , R&R ACTION 200



PLAN

CHAPTER – VII

PROJECT BENEFITS 201-204


7.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL

INFRASTRUCTURE 201

7.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL

INFRASTRUCTURE 202

7.4 HEALTH & SAFETY 202

7.5 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 203

7.6 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS 203

CHAPTER – VIII

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 205-214


8.2 LAND USE PATTERN AND RIVER COURSE

ENVIRONMENT 205

8.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 206

8.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 207

8.5 WATER MANAGEMENT 208

8.6 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 209

8.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 209

8.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 212

8.9 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH 213

8.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 214

CHAPTER – IX

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 215-219


9.2 AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS FOR

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES 215

9.3 DETAILS OF THE PROJECT 216

9.4 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE 217

9.5 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT 218

9.6 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 218

9.7 RECOMMENDATION 218

CHAPTER – X

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED 220-224



LIST OF TABLES

TABLE

NO. PARTICULAR PAGE NO.

1.1 PROJECT DETAILS 29

1.2 DATA GENERATION 33

2.1 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 37

2.2 LENGTH & WIDTH OF THE AREA 39

2.3 WATER REQUIREMENT 50

3.1 STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE 53

3.2 MEAN TEMPERATURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY

RECORDS FROM IMD STATIONS 64

3.3 MEAN TEMPERATURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY

RECORDS FROM SITE SPECIFIC 65

3.4 LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR MONITORING

STATIONS 67

3.5 PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING VARIOUS AIR

QUALITY PARAMETERS 71

3.6 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (LEVEL- PM10, SO2, NOX) 72

3.7 COMPARISON OF AIR MONITORING RESULT 81

3.8 RESULTS OF FREE SILICA IN PM10 83

3.9 LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATION 85

3.10 NOISE LEVEL WITHIN THE STUDY AREA 88

3.11 STANDARDS OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL 89

3.12 TRAFFIC DENSITY 90

3.13 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA 91

3.14 SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS 94

3.15 GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING

LOCATION 96

3.16 ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND WATER 101

3.17 ANALYSIS RESULTS OF SURFACE WATER 103

3.18 LIST OF SAMPLING LOCATION FOR BIOLOGICAL

ENVIRONMENT 107

3.19 LIST OF PLANT SPECIES IN THE STUDY AREA 114

3.20 LIST OF MEDICINAL PLANTS IN THE STUDY AREA 118

3.21 LIST OF FAUNAL SPECIES IN THE STUDY AREA 123

3.22 LIST OF REPTILES & AMPHIBIANS SPECIES

OBSERVED IN THE STUDY AREA 124

3.23 LIST OF BIRD SPECIES IN THE STUDY AREA 126

3.24 LIST OF SAMPLING LOCATION FOR AQUATIC

STUDY 128

3.25 PHYTOPLANKTON SPECIES RECORDED AT

DIFFERENT SITE DURING STUDY PERIOD 132



3.26 ZOOPLANKTON SPECIES RECORDED AT

DIFFERENT SITES DURING THE STUDY PERIOD 133

3.27 LIST OF PLANT SPECIES FOR GREEN BELT

DEVELOPMENT 136

3.28 LAND USE PATTERN BASED ON SATELLITE

IMAGES 141

3.29 LAND USE PATTERN –EXISTING & UPTO 5TH YEAR

OF CORE ZONE 144

3.30 SAMPLING LOCATION FOR BIOLOGICAL

BIODIVERSITY STUDY IN THE STUDY AREA 145

3.31 DEMOGRAPHIC DETAILS & EMPLOYMENT

PATTERN OF VILLAGES OF JHALAWAR & KOTA

DISTRICT IN RAJASTHAN

151

3.32 DEMOGRAPHIC DETAILS & EMPLOYMENT

PATTERN OF VILLAGES OF MANDSAUR &

SHAJAPUR DISTRICT IN MADHYA PRADESH

156

3.33 SUMMARY OF CENSUS DETAILS 161

4.1 PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

CONCENTRATION IN OPERATIONAL PHASE 178

4.2 LAND USE PATTERN OF PRE OPERATIONAL,

OPERATIONAL PHASE OF CORE ZONE 187

4.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MATRIX 190


5.2 COST OF ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION MEASURES 195

7.1 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 203

8.1 STAGE WISE PLANTATION PROGRRAME 211

9.1 PROJECT DETAILS 216


9.3 COST OF ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION MEASURES 218



LIST OF FIGURES

FIG.

NO. PARTICULAR

PAGE

NO.

2.1 PROPOSED MINING BLOCKS FOR EXCAVATION 46

2.2 RIVER BED AREA NOT PROPOSED FOR EXCAVATION 46

2.3 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 51

3.1 FIELD VISIT BY EIA COORDINATOR & TEAM 55

3.2 TOPOGRAPHY OF THE STUDY AREA 57

3.3 DRAINAGE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA 59

3.4 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 66

3.5 SAMPLING LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

MONITORING

69

3.6 PHOTOGRAPHS OF AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING 70

3.7

NOISE & TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING LOCATION

MAP

86

3.8 NOISE MONITORING IN THE STUDY AREA 87

3.9 TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING IN THE STUDY

AREA

89

3.10 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA 92

3.11 SOIL SAMPLING IN THE STUDY AREA 93

3.12 SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF SITE ELEVATION,

WORKING DEPTH & GROUND WATER

95

3.13 GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATION

MAP IN THE STUDY AREA

98

3.14 GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING IN THE

STUDY AREA

99

3.15 ECOLOGICAL SAMPLING LOCATION MAP IN THE

STUDY AREA

108

3.16 VEGETATION OBSERVED NEAR APPLIED THE LEASE

AREA

112

3.17 VEGETATION OBSERVED IN THE STUDY AREA 113

3.18 FIELD SURVEY DURING SITE VISIT 121

3.19 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 122

3.20 PERCENT COMPOSITION OF SPECIES FOUND IN THE

STUDY AREA

130

3.21 PERCENT COMPOSITION OF ZOOPLANKTON GROUPS

OBSERVED IN THE STUDY AREA

131

3.22 FIELD VISIT BY LAND USE EXPERT IN THE STUDY

AREA

138

3.23 LAND USE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA 142

3.24 SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA 143

3.25 MAP OF SAMPLING LOCATION FOR SOCIO

ECONOMIC STUDY

147

3.26 FIELD VISIT BY SOCIO ECONOMIC EXPERT IN THE

AREA

148

3.27 DETAILS OF VILLAGES COMING IN THE STUDY AREA

OF JHALAWAR & KOTA DISTRICT IN RAJASTHAN

162



3.28 DETAILS OF VILLAGES COMING IN THE STUDY AREA

OF MANDSAUR & SHAJAPUR DISTRICT IN MADHYA

PRADESH

163

4.1 GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF AMBIENT AIR

QUALITY IN OPERATION PHASE FOR PM10

179

5.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 193

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE

NO.

PARTICULARS

I COPY OF TOR LETTER

II COPY OF LETTER OF INTENT

III COPY OF LETTER FROM SUPT. MINING ENGINEER

IV COPY OF AUTHENTICATED APPLIED LEASE AREA

MAP

V COPY OF APPROVAL LETTER OF MINING PLAN

VI COPY OF KHASRA NO., AREA, VILLAGE,

VII COPY OF ANALYSIS RESULTS OF AIR QUALITY

VIII COPY OF ANALYSIS RESULTS OF FREE SILICA IN

PM10

IX COPY OF NOISE MONITORING RESULTS

X COPY OF ANALYSIS RESULTS OF SOIL SAMPLE

XI COPY OF RESULTS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLE

XII COPY OF RESULTS OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLE

XIII COPY OF AUTHENTICATED LIST OF FLORA &

FAUNA & CONSERVATION PLAN FOR PEACOCK

XIV COPY OF MINUTES OF PUBLIC HEARING

XV DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

LIST OF PLATES

PLATE NO. PARTICULAR

1 LOCATION PLAN

2 KEY PLAN

3 SURFACE PLAN

4A GEOLOGICAL PLAN

4B GEOLOGICAL SECTIONS

5A SURFACE LAYOUT PLAN

5B YEAR WISE SECTION IST YEAR TO VTH YEAR



POINT TO BE CLARIFIED TO THE EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE,

(EAC), MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT & FORESTS (MOEF), NEW DELHI

AS PER THE APPROVED TOR FOR RIVER BED MINING OF MINOR

MINERALS OF BAJRI OF SHRI INDRA JEET SINGH JHALA, RIVER - BADI

KALI SINDH, AHU, CHANDRA BHAGA, REWA NADI & THEIR

CONNECTED FLOW NALLAH, RIVERS, NALLAH, GAIR MUMKIN NADI IN

TEHSIL – JHALARAPATAN OF DISTRICT – JHALAWAR AND TEHSIL

RAMGANJ MANDI OF DISTRICT – KOTA, STATE – RAJASTHAN,

APPLIED LEASE AREA – 1695.06 HECT.

S.

No. Description as per MOEF Covered in EIA as per details

1 Year-wise production details

since 1994 should be given,

clearly stating the highest

production achieved in any one

year prior to 1994. It may also

be categorically informed

whether there had been any

increase in production after the

EIA Notification, 1994 came

into force w.r.t the highest

production achieved prior to

1994.

This is fresh river bed mining project and no

production has commenced.

2 A copy of the document in

support of the fact that the

proponent is the rightful lessee

of the mine should be given.

A copy of the document in support of the fact

that the proponent is the rightful lessee of the

mine is enclosed as Annexure No. II to VI of

EIA-EMP Report.

3 All documents including

approved mine plan, EIA report

and Public hearing should be

compatible with one another in

terms of the mine lease area,

production levels, waste

generation and its management

and mining Technology and

should be in the name of lessee.

Mining plan has been prepared and approved

vide letter no. SME/Kota/CC-II/MP/13/11745

dated 13.12.2013 to systematic and scientic

mining. Refer Annexure No. V, of EIA-EMP

Report.

The minutes of public hearing are

incorporated in Annexure no. XIV of EIA-EMP

Report.

No waste will be generated.

4 All corner coordinates of the

mine lease area, superimposed

on a high resolution

imagery/toposheet should be

provided. Such as imagery of

the proposed area should

clearly show the land use and

other ecological features of the

study area (core and buffer

zone).

Coordinates of the applied lease area is given

in key plan of the area as in Chapter III, Fig.

3.1, on page no. 57 of EIA-EMP Report.

Land use pattern of the study area:-

Class Names Area (Ha.)

Forest 27134.55

River 4245.92

Water Bodies 3127.01

Land with Scrub 44755.47

Fallow Land 40121.81



Crop Land 112603.78

Agriculture Plantation 19490.42

Habitation 2193.15

Mining Area 2789.27

Land without scrub 18436.65

Total 274898.03

Refer Chapter III, para. 3.15.1, on page no.

138 & Figure no. 3.23 & 3.24 of EIA-EMP

Report.

5 Does the company have a well

laid down Environment policy

approved by its Board of

directors? If so, it may be spelt

out in the EIA report with

description of the prescribed

operating process/procedures to

bring into focus any

infringement/deviation/violation

of the environmental of forest

norms/conditions? The

hierarchical system or

administrative order of the

company to deal with the

environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the

EC conditions may also be

given. The system of reporting

of non-compliances/ violations of

environmental norms to the

board of Directors of the

company and/or shareholders or

stakeholders at large may also

be indicated in the EIA report.

The policy for the project is described in

Chapter V, para. 5.2.1, on page no. 193 of EIA-

EMP Report.

6 Issues relating to mine safety,

including subsidence study in

case of underground mining and

slope study in case of open cast

mining, blasting study etc.

should be detailed. The

proposed safeguard measures in

each case should also be

provided.

All safety measures will be provided at the

site. The detailed is described in Chapter II,

para. 2.19, on page no. 51 of EIA-EMP Report.

And no blasting is required in this project.

7 The study area will comprise of

10 km zone around the mine

lease from lease periphery and

the data contained in the EIA

such as waste generation etc.

should be for the life of the

The study area (key plan) of the River bed

project is attached in EIA-EMP Report. Refer

Chapter III para. 3.1, on page no. 57 of EIA-

EMP Report.

No waste will be generated.



mine / lease period.

8 Land use of the study area

delineating forest area,

agricultural land, grazing land,

wildlife sanctuary and national

park, migratory routes of fauna,

water bodies, human

settlements & other ecological

features should be indicated.

Land use plan of the mine lease

area should be prepared to

encompass preoperational,

operational and post

operational phases and

submitted.

Land use plan of the study area are: -

Class Names Area (Ha.)

Forest 27134.55

River 4245.92

Water Bodies 3127.01

Land with Scrub 44755.47

Fallow Land 40121.81

Crop Land 112603.78

Agriculture

Plantation 19490.42

Habitation 2193.15

Mining Area 2789.27

Land without scrub 18436.65

Total 274898.03

The details of land use pattern of the study

area are given in Chapter III, para. 3.15.1 on

page no. 138 of EIA-EMP Report.

Land use pattern of Core zone –

Particulars Existing

Up to

Planning

5th year

Area under mining -- 130.0

Area covered by

dumps -- --

Railway line -- --

Infrastructure,

Road 0.59 0.70

Green Belt -- 37.5

Remaining virgin

Govt. waste land 1694.47 1526.86

Total 1695.06 1695.06

The details of land use pattern of the study

area are given in Chapter III, para. 3.15.2 on


9 Details of the land for any

overburden dumps outside the

mine lease, such as extent of

land area, distance from mine

lease, its land use, R&R issues,

if any, should be given.

No overburden dump site is selected, because

no waste will be generated.

No R&R plan is required.



10 A Certificate from the

Competent Authority in the

State Forest Department

should be provided, confirming

the involvement of forest land,

if any, in the project area. In

the event of any contrary claim

by the Project Proponent

regarding the status of forests,

the site may be inspected by the

State Forest Department along

with the Regional Office of the

Ministry to ascertain the status

of forests, based on which, the

Certificate in this regard as

mentioned above be issued. In

all such cases, it would be

desirable for representative of

the State Forest Department to

assist the Expert Appraisal

Committees.

A certificate from the competent authority at

Jhalawar is attached in Annexure No. XIII of

EIA-EMP Report.

11 Status of forestry clearance for

the broken up area and virgin

forestland involved in the

Project including deposition of

net present value (NPV) and

compensatory afforestation

(CA) should be indicated. A

copy of the forestry clearance

should also be furnished.

No forest land involved in this applied lease

area.

12 Implementation status of

recognition of forest rights

under the Scheduled Tribes and

other Traditional Forest

Dwellers (Recognition of Forest

Rights) Act, 2006 should be

indicated.

Not Applicable.

13 The vegetation in the RF / PF

areas in the study area, with

necessary details, Should be

given.

Protected forest near village Bagher & Reserve

forest Near village Kishanpura & Bakani

exists in the study area. The details ecological

study is described in Chapter III, para. 3.14,

on page no. 105 of EIA-EMP Report.

14 A study shall be got done to

ascertain the impact of the

project on the Wildlife of the

study area and details

furnished. Impact of the project

on the wildlife in the

No impact of the project on the wildlife of the

study area. The mining will be done in

different five blocks, which is away from forest

area, so certificate from forest department is

enclosed as Annexure No. XIII of EIA-EMP

Report.



surrounding and any other

protected area and accordingly

detailed mitigative measures

required, should be worked out

with cost implications and

submitted.

15 Location of National parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Wildlife corridors,

Tiger/Elephant reserves

(existing as well as proposed), if

any, within 10 km of the mine

lease should be clearly

indicated, supported by a

location map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden. Necessary clearance,

as may be applicable to such

projects due to proximity of the

ecologically sensitive areas as

mentioned above, should be

obtained from the State Wildlife

department/Chief Wildlife

Warden under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972 and copy

furnished.

The mining will be done in five blocks which is

away from forest area. A certificate from forest

department is enclosed as Annexure No. XIII

of EIA-EMP Report.

16 A detailed biological study for

the study area [core zone &

buffer zone (10 km radius of the

periphery of the mine lease)]

shall be carried out. Details of

flora & fauna, duly

authenticated, separately for

core and buffer zone should be

furnished based on such

primary field survey, clearly

indicating the schedule of the

fauna present. In case of any

scheduled-I fauna found in the

study area, the necessary plan

for their conversion should be

prepared in consultation with

State Forest and Wildlife Deptt.

and details furnished.

Necessary allocation of funds

for implementing the same

should be made as part of the

project cost.

A detailed biological study for the study area

[core zone & buffer zone (10 km radius of the

periphery of the mine lease)] has given in

Chapter III, para. 3.14, on page no. 105 of

EIA-EMP Report.



17 Proximity to Areas declared as

‘Critically Polluted’ or the

Project areas likely to come

under the ‘Aravali Range’,

(attracting court restrictions for

mining operations), should also

be indicated and where so

required, clearance

certifications from the

prescribed Authorities, such as

the SPCB or State Mining Dept.

Should be secured and

furnished to the effect that the

proposed mining activities could

be considered.

Not Applicable.

18 Similarly, for coastal Projects, A

CRZ map duly authenticated by

one of the authorized agencies

demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ

area, location of the mine lease

w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such

as mangroves, if any, should be

furnished. (Note: The Mining

Projects falling under CRZ

would also need to obtain

approval of the concerned

Coastal Zone Management

Authority).

Not Applicable.

19 R&R Plan/compensation details

for the Project Affected People

(PAP) should be furnished.

While preparing the R&R Plan,

the relevant State/National

Rehabilitation & Resettlement

Policy should be kept in view.

In respect of SCs /STs and other

weaker sections of the society in

the study area, a need based

sample survey, family-wise,

should be undertaken to assess

their requirements, and action

programmes prepared and

submitted accordingly,

integrating the sectoral

programmes of line

departments of the State

Government. It may be clearly

brought out whether the village

No R&R plan is required. About 523 people

will be employed in mining project. Summary

of census records are

Details

Study area of

Jhalawar &

Kota district

in Rajasthan

Study area

Mandsaur &

Shajapur

district in

Madhya

Pradesh

No of districts 2 2

No of Talukas 06 13

No of

household 27312 22002

Total

population 136746 102355

Total Male 70345 52037

Total Female 66401 50318

Total 06

Population 20377 1423



located in the mine lease area

will be shifted or not. The issues

relating to shifting of Village

including their R&R and socio

economic aspects should be

discussed in the report.

Total SC 31118(23%) 23230(23%)

Total ST 7906(6%) 1266(1%)

Total literate

population 71025(52%) 59176(58%)

Total main

workers 44271(33%) 38639(38%)

Total

marginal

workers

19634(14%) 13376(13%)

Total non-

workers 72841(53%) 50340(49%)

The details of socio-economic study are

described in Chapter III, para. 3.16, on page

no. 145 of EIA-EMP Report.

20 One season (non-monsoon)

primary baseline data on

ambient air quality (PM10, SO2

and NOx), water quality, noise

level, soil and flora and fauna

shall be collected and the AAQ

and other data so complied

presented date-wise in the EIA

and EMP report. Site specific

meteorological data should also

be collected. The location of the

monitoring stations should be

such as to represent whole of

the study area and justified

keeping in view the re-

dominant downwind direction

and location of sensitive

receptors. There should be at

least one monitoring station

within 500 m of the mine lease

in the pre-dominant downwind

direction. The mineralogical

composition of PM10

particularly for free silica

should be given.

One season (non-monsoon) primary baseline

data on ambient air quality (PM10, SO2 and

NOx), water quality, noise level, soil and flora

and fauna has been collected and the AAQ and

other data are compiled in the EIA and EMP

report.

The details of ambient air quality are given in

Chapter III, para. 3.10, on page no. 67 of EIA-

EMP Report.

Site specific meteorological data has been

collected. The details are given in Chapter III,


The mineralogical composition of PM10 for

silica details is given in Chapter III, para.

3.10, table no. 3.8 on page no. 83 of EIA-EMP

Report & Annexure No. VIII: Results of free

silica in PM10.

21 Air quality modeling should be

carried out for prediction of

impact of the project on the air

quality of the area. It should

also take in to account the

impact of movement of vehicles

for transportation of mineral.

The details of the model used

and the input parameters used

Air quality modeling has been prepared for

prediction of impact of the project.

The detail of the air quality modeling is given

in Chapter IV, para. 4.5, on page no. 172 of

EIA-EMP Report.

The wind rose diagram showing that the pre-

dominant direction is NEE to SWW. The



for modeling should be

provided. The Air quality

contours may be shown on the

location map clearly indicating

the location of site, location of

sensitive receptors, if any, and

habitation. The wind roses

showing pre-dominant wind

direction may also be indicated

on the map.

details are given in Chapter III, para. 3.9, on

page no. 66, of EIA-EMP Report.

22 The water requirement for the

project, its availability and

source should be furnished. A

detailed water balance should

also be provided. Fresh water

requirement for the project

should be indicated.

Total water requirement is 15.0 KLD. The

availability of water from Dug well & river

water from applied lease area. The mining will

not intersect the ground water level.

1. Dust Suppression – 5.0 KLD

2. Drinking - 6.0 KLD

3. Plantation - 4.0 KLD

The details of water requirements are given in

Chapter II, para. 2.18, B, on page no. 50 of

EIA-EMP Report.

23 Necessary clearance from the

Competent Authority for drawl

of requisite quantity of water

for the project should be

provided.

Not required.

24 Description of water

conservation measures

proposed to be adopted in the

Project should be given. Details

of rainwater harvesting

proposed in the Project, if any,

should be provided.

No water conservation measures are required

in this project and no proposal for rainwater

harvesting.

25 Impact of the project on the

water quality, both surface and

groundwater should be assesses

and necessary safeguard

measures, if any required,

should be provided.

No impact on surface as well as ground water

because no waste water will be discharged due

to mining and mining will be restricted above

ground water. The ultimate depth of mining

will be 3m from the surface level.

26 Based on actual monitored

data, it may clearly be shown

whether working will intersect

groundwater. Necessary data

and documentation in this

regard may be provided. In case

the case working will intersect

groundwater table, a detailed

Hydro geological study should

The ultimate depth of mining will be 3 m from

the surface level. So no question is arise for

intersect the ground water table.

No permission is required from CGWB.

Refer Chapter III, para. 3.13, on page no. 94 of

EIA-EMP Report.



be undertaken and report

furnished. Necessary

permission from Central

Ground Water Authority for

working below ground water

and for pumping of ground

water should also be obtained

and copy furnished.

27 Details of any stream, seasonal

or otherwise, passing through

the lease area and modification

/ diversion proposed, if any, and

the impact of the same on the

hydrology should be brought

out.

Badi Kali Sindh, Ahu, Chandra Bhaga, Rewa

nadi & their connected nallahs itself part of

applied lease area. No proposal for

modification/ diversion of any stream or

otherwise.

The drainage pattern of the study area is giver

in Chapter III, para. 3.4.2, fig. 3.3 on page no.

60 of EIA-EMP Report.

The hydrological aspects are described in

Chapter III, para. 3.7, on page no. 60 of EIA-

EMP Report.

28 Information on site elevation,

working depth, groundwater

table etc. should be provided

both in AMSL and bgl. A

schematic diagram should also

be provided for the same.

Information on site elevation, ultimate depth

and ground water table is given.

Highest elevation - 338 mRL

Lowest elevation - 299 mRL

Ultimate depth - 3.0 m

Water table - 40 m BGL (Post

monsoon)

- 45 m BGL (Pre

Monsoon)

The ultimate depth of mining will be 3 m from

the surface level. The details of elevation and

ultimate depth are described in Chapter III,

para. 3.13.2, fig. 3.12 on page no. 95 of EIA-

EMP Report.

29 A time bound Progressive

Greenbelt Development Plan

shall be prepared in a tabular

form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant

species and time frame) and

submitted, keeping in mind, the

same will have to be executed

up front on commencement of

the project.

About 37.5 hect. area will be planted upto 5th

year and break up of plantation program is

below given.

Year

Along the Road

side

Along the Lease

Area Total

Area

(Hect.) Trees

Area

(Hect

.)

Trees

Area

(Hec

t.)

Trees

I 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

II 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

III 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

IV 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

V 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

Total 18.75 18750 18.75 18750 37.5 37500

The details of plantation development are

described in Chapter VIII, para. 8.7.2, page no.




30 Impact on local transport

infrastructure due to the project

should be indicated. Projected

increase in truck traffic as

result of the project in the

present road network (including

those outside the project area)

should be worked out,

indicating whether it is capable

of handling the incremental

load. Arrangement for

improving the infrastructure, if

contemplated (including action

to be taken by other agencies

such as State Government)

should be covered.

The present traffic density is given in below –

Traffic

vehicle

No. of vehicles per day at

Suket

(NH-12)

Kota to

Jhalawar)

Binda

(SH -27)

Jhalawar to

Ujjain)

H.M.V. 275 328

L.M.V. 355 453

2/3

wheelers 378 537

Grand

Total 1008 1318

To achieve the 7, 50,000 TPA productions

about 200 tractor trolleys will be required for

transportation.

The details of traffic density are given in

Chapter III, para. 3.11.4, on page no. 89 of

EIA-EMP Report.

31 Details of the onsite shelter and

facilities to be provided to the

mine workers should be

included in the EIA report.

Common office cum store, necessary medical

and drinking facilities will be provided to the

worker. About 523 people will be employed in

mine operation. The details of site facilities are

given in Chapter II, para. 2.19, on page no. 51

of EIA-EMP Report.

32 Conceptual post mining land

use and Reclamation and

Restoration of mined out areas

(with plans and with adequate

number of sections) should be

given in the EIA report.

Conceptual post mining land use pattern is not

available, because the replenishment of sand

in the area in two consecutive monsoons.

33 A time bound Progressive

Greenbelt Development Plan

shall be prepared in a tabular

form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant

species and time frame) and

submitted, keeping in mind, the

same will have to be executed

About 37.5 hect. area will be planted upto 5th

year and break up of plantation program is

below given.

Year

Along the Road

side

Along the Lease

Area Total

Area

(Hect

.)

Trees

Area

(Hect

.)

Trees

Area

(Hec

t.)

Trees

I 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500



up front on commencement of

the project. Phase wise plan of

plantation and compensatory

afforestation should be charted

clearly indicating the area to be

covered under plantation and

the species to be planted. The

details of plantation already

done should be given.

II 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

III 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

IV 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

V 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

Total 18.75 18750 18.75 18750 37.5 37500

The details of plantation development are

described in Chapter VIII, para. 8.7.2, page no.


34 Occupational health impact of

the project should be

anticipated and the proposed

preventive measures spelt out

in details. Details of pre-

placement medical

examination and periodical

medical examination schedules

should be incorporated in the

EMP.

Occupational health and safety for employee

will be taken care as MMR 1961 & MCDR

1988. A detail of pre –placement medical

examination and periodical medical

examination schedules has been incorporated

in the EMP.

The details of occupational safety and health

are described in Chapter VIII, para. 8.9, on


35 Public health implications of

the Project and related

activities for the population in

the impact zone should be

systematically evaluated and

the proposed remedial

measures should be detailed

along with budgetary

allocations.

The budgetary provision for the project is

given in below table.

Particulars Capital

cost

Recurring

cost

Pollution control 10.00 2.00

Pollution

monitoring 10.00 2.00

Green belt 15.00 3.00

Occupational

health 10.00 2.00

Miscellaneous 5.00 1.00

Total 50.00 10.00

Refer Chapter IX, para. 9.5, on page no. 218 of

EIA-EMP Report.

36 Measures of socio economic

significance and influence to the

local community proposed to be

provided by project proponent

should be indicated. As far as

possible, quantitative

dimension may be given with

time frame for implementation.

There will be over all positive impact on social

life of local people i.e. employment

opportunities, reduction in migration of jobless

laborers etc. About 10 lacs will be spent in the

operational phase for CSR activities. The

details are described in Chapter VIII, para.

8.8, on page no. 212, of EIA-EMP Report.

37 Detailed environmental

management plan to mitigate

the environmental impact

which, should inte-alia include

the impacts of change of land

use, loss of agricultural and

Detailed environmental management plan of

the river bed project in incorporated. Details

are described in Chapter VIII, on page no. 205

of EIA-EMP Report.



grazing land, if any,

occupational health impacts

besides other impacts pacific to

the proposed project.

38 Public hearing points raised

and commitment of the project

proponent on the same along

with time bound action plan to

implement the same should be

provided and also incorporated

in the final EIA/EMP report of

the project.

The public hearing was conducted on dated

09.06.2014 & 11.06.2014 at Ramganj Mandi,

District Kota & Jhalarapatan, District

Jhalawar. The points raised during public

hearing incorporated in EIA-EMP Report. The

minutes of public hearing incorporated in

Annexure No. XIV, of EIA-EMP Report.

39 Details of litigation pending

against the project, if any, with

direction /order passed by any

Court of Law against the

project should be given.

No litigation is pending against the project.

40 The cost of the project (capital

cost and recurring cost) as well

as the cost towards

implementation of EMP should

clearly be spelt out.

Capital cost of project – 85.0 Lacs

Capital cost of EMP – 50.0 lacs

Recurring cost of EMP- 10.0 lacs

The details are also given in Chapter IX, para.

9.5, on page no. 213 of EIA-EMP Report.

41 Details of replenishment

studies.

The rotational mining will be adopted to

facilitate the replenishment of the excavated

pits during rainy season. The pits of previous

year mining will act as depository for the post

monsoon season. The details of replenishment

of the area are given in Chapter II, para. 2.11,

on page no. 47 & also given in Chapter III,


42 Details of Transportation of

mined out materials as per the

Indian Road Congress for both

the ways (loaded as well as

unloaded trucks) load and its

impact on Environment;

No major impact on the environment is

anticipated. Transportation will be

@500t/location and about 200 tractor trolley

and cause very little impact.

43 Proper species specific

Conservation plan for

Schedule–I and II species;

The conservation plan for Schedule – I species

enclosed as Annexure No. XIII of EIA-EMP

Report.

44 Impact of mining on plankton; Impact of mining on plankton and concerned

study is described in Chapter III, para. 3.14.7,

on page no. 128 of EIA-EMP Report.

45 Details of mining activity to be

provided w.r.t Block Wise/

Calendar wise/ Zonal wise, as

the mine lease area is having a

long stretch,

Year Production

I 750278

II 750720

III 750288

IV 750720



V 750278

46 Details of Gradient of river bed

to be provided;

During the survey & mapping of applied lease

area gradientof both River Kali Sindh & Ahu

found 1:1037. For more details given in

Chapter II, para. 2.8, on page no. 41 of EIA-

EMP Report.

47 Details of excavation schedule

& sequential mining plan;

About 7, 50,000 TPA productions will be

achieved in different blocks of applied mining

lease area as per approved mining plan.

48 Mining Plan shall be prepared

carefully, dividing lease area

into manageable blocks to

ensure scientific and systematic

mining of minor minerals; and

Mining plan has been prepared and approved

vide letter no. SME/Kota/CC-II/MP/13/11745

dated 13.12.2013 to systematic and scientific

mining. Refer Annexure No. V, of EIA-EMP

Report.

49 The base line data shall be

collected so as to represent the

whole mine lease area.

The base line data has been collected that

represent the whole applied mine lease area.

Refer Chapter III, on page no. 52 of EIA-EMP

Report.

=====******= ====



ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

&

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN



CHAPTER - I

INTRODUCTION

Mining Environment and development have become complimentary to

each other. As a result of developmental activities visible ill-effects of

the environmental degradation are clear and give signals of the

concern. Therefore a sustainable development of the area involving

extraction of mineral wealth vis-à-vis protection of environment is

the ultimate solution for betterment of mankind.

1.1 PURPOSE OF REPORT

The Environmental Impact Assessment has been prepared to assess the

current environmental scenario of the area and then based on the

activities of mining proposed, to carry out Environmental Management

Plan. The plan will identify and address the impacts, where these are

adverse in nature, and thereafter design mitigative measures to

manage such impacts in a manner as to conserve environment and

ecology of the area. The EMP has been prepared with a view to

ultimately ensure that the adverse impacts are minimized if these

cannot be prevented altogether.

Environmental clearance is a statutory requirement for the new and

old establishment of any mining project of which EIA has to be prepared

and submitted to respective agencies of state and center level in line

with EIA Notification, 1994.

As per new EIA Notification Dated 14th Sept. 2006, Environmental

Clearance is required at the fresh grant, time of renewal of mining lease &

enhancement of production where in the area is 5.00 hect & above .

This project fall under category “A”, project, area is above 50 hect,

therefore this project requires Environment clearance from MOEF New

Delhi.



Applicant decided to get Environmental Clearance for proposed mining.

The application for EC was submitted to EAC, MOEF, and New Delhi.

The meeting held with the EAC (mining) during 31.10.2013 to 01.11.2013

and issued TOR letter no. J-11015/328/2013-IA.II (M) dated 22.11.2013,

for preparation of an Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Report in

respect of the project.

Refer Annexure No. I: Copy of Terms of Reference.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 Identification of Project

Name of the project: River bed mining of ordinary sand (Bajri)

(Applied Lease area 1695.06 ha.)

Fresh Grant and production 7, 50,000 TPA

Location of the project: At

Village - Bambori, Bavrikheri, Aroliya, Biriya kheri khurd, Gindora,

Jhalara-patan, Bakshpura, Bagdar, Mundalya khera, Chand loi, Sagoriya,

Rup pura, Kanwara, Kanwari, Samiya, Gadari, Dhavli, Saranga khera,

Narli, Binda, Jatamali, bhumari, Semli bhawani, Chanvali, Gurariya,

Asondiya, Khijarpur, Bhaumara, Soyat kalan, Gugal heri, Gunjari,

Achravan, Matwasa, Gadarwara nurji, Barana, Ratanpura, Mori, Kans

kheri, Kherkhera, Barodiya.

Tehsil – Jhalarapatan, District – Jhalawar &

Tehsil – Ramganj Mandi, District –Kota.

1.2.2 Identification of Proponent

Applicant: Mr. Indrajeet Singh Jhala,

Nala Mohalla, Khari Kuiya,

P.O. Jhalawar, Tehsil – Jhalarapatan,

District – Jhalawar, (Rajasthan)

Mob. +91 9414193514



1.3 BRIEF PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The letter of intent was issued by Joint Secretary, Mines (Group-2),

Government of Rajasthan, letter no.P.9 (2) Khan/Group-2/2013, Jaipur

dated 08.03.2013, with conditions imposed that to produce within one year,

1) approved Mining Plan of the area, 2) Environmental Clearance from

Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, 3) An affidavit

of financial assurance under rule 37(J) of Rajasthan Minor Mineral

Concession Rules 1986.

Refer Annexure No. II: Copy of Letter of Intent.

The letter of intent was recommended to be issued by Supdt. Mining

Engineer (M III) vide his letter no. Dir /P2 (A8) Jhala/Bajri/2012/278 Dt.18-

01-2013, after completion of all formalities of Tender, highest bid, amount

of security deposit for annual dead rent applicable for the applied lease

area. As per RMMCR’ 1986, validity period of applied lease is five years.

Refer Annexure No. III: Copy of Letter from Supd. Engineer.

The plan showing applied mining lease area comprising 1695.06 Ha, with

composite G.T. sheets nos. 45 P/14, 15, 16, 54 D/2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 duly

authenticated by Astt. Mining Engineer, Deptt. Of Mines & Geology,

Jhalawar is attached.

Refer Annexure No. IV: Copy of Authenticated applied lease Area Map.

The mining plan was approved by Suptdg. Mining Engineer, Kota vide

letter no. SME/Kota/CC-I/MP/13/11745 dated 13.12.2013.

Refer Annexure No. V: Copy of Approval letter of Mining Plan.

1.4 LEASE STATUS

River Bed Mining Area of Sh. Indrajeet Singh Jhala S/o Shri Arjun Singh

Jhala, is situated near villages: Bambori, Bavrikheri, Aroliya, Biriya kheri

khurd, Gindora, Jhalarapatan, Bakshpura, Bagdar, Mundalya khera,

Chand loi, Sagoriya, Rup pura, Kanwara, Kanwari, Samiya, Gadari,

Dhavli, Saranga khera, Narli, Binda, Jatamali, bhumari, Semli bhawani,



Chanvali, Gurariya, Asondiya, Khijarpur, Bhaumara, Soyat kalan, Gugal

heri, Gunjari, Achravan, Matwasa, Gadarwara nurji, Barana, Ratanpura,

Mori, Kans kheri, Kherkhera, Barodiya, Tehsil – Jhalarapatan of District –

Jhalawar and Tehsil Ramganj Mandi of District – Kota, Rajasthan over an

area of 1695.06 ha. List of villages and Khasra numbers of the applied lease

area is attached.

Refer Annexure No. VI: Copy of List of Village & Khasra Numbers.

TABLE 1.1: PROJECT DETAIL

S.No Particulars Details

1 Locations

2

Near Village Bambori, Bavrikheri, Aroliya, Biriya

kheri khurd, Gindora, Jhalara-patan,

Bakshpura, Bagdar, Mundalya

khera, Chand loi, Sagoriya, Rup

pura, Kanwara, Kanwari, Samiya,

Gadari, Dhavli, Saranga khera,

Narli, Binda, Jatamali, bhumari,

Semli bhawani, Chanvali, Gurariya,

Asondiya, Khijarpur, Bhaumara,

Soyat kalan, Gugal heri, Gunjari,

Achravan, Matwasa, Gadarwara

nurji, Barana, Ratanpura, Mori,

Kans kheri, Kherkhera, Barodiya.

3 Tehsil Jhalarapatan & Ramganj Mandi

4 District Jhalawar & Kota

5 State Rajasthan

6 Latitude 24º 41΄24.96΄΄ - 24º 12΄49.56΄΄ N

7 Longitude 75º 59΄34.80΄΄ - 76º 14΄45.80΄΄ E

8 Elevation above sea

level

338 mRL to 299 mRL

9

Nearest National

Highway

NH – 12 (Jhalawar to – Kota) crossed

the applied ML area at near village –

Suket & Ruprel.

SH-19A, crossed the applied ML area

at near village – Bhilwari,

10

Nearest Railway

station & Airport

Railway Station – Jhalawar about 5

km from the nearest point of applied

ML area



Airport – Kota (About 65 km from the

Nearest point of applied lease Area)

Indore ( 224 Km. from Jhalarapatan)

11 Nearest Tourist Place Gagron Fort at Jhalawar and adjoin to

applied ML area.

12

Archeological Place Gagron Fort – Four Rivers & their

connected nallah are flowing in this

applied area and their junction point

is near Jhalawar Fort in Chambal

River.

13

National Park , Wild

Life Sanctuary, Wild

Life Corridors,

Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory routes for

Birds,

Reserved/Protected

Forest

Game Sanctuary – 6.5 Km, from

Jhalawar in N direction.

Near Bagher (P.F.), between

Latitude 24035’ to 24040’ and

Longitude 76015’ to 76020’

Near Kishanpura (R.F.), between


Longitude 76010’ to 76015’.

Bakani (R.F.), between Latitude

24025’ to 24030’ and Longitude

76015’ to 76020’.

14 Nearest major city Jhalawar

15 Nearest Water bodies Applied Lease area itself is a water

body

16

Nearest town Nearest town – Jhalarapatan

between latitude 240 30’ to 240 35’ and

longitude 760 10’ to 760 15’ and

Jhalawar between latitude 240 35’ to

240 40’ and longitude 760 10’ to 760

15’.

District H.Q. – Jhalawar & Kota.

As per New EIA Notification 14th Sept. 2006, Applicant wants

Environmental Clearance from MoEF, New Delhi, for Proposed

Production capacity of 7,50,000 TPA of Minor Mineral (Bajri).

Now the applicant has applied for proposed production of mining lease.

The mining method will be opencast and will be carried out manually. The

targeted production of Bajri will about 7, 50,000 Tones / annum from



River of Kali Sindh, Ahu, Chandra Bhaga, Rewa & their connected

nallahs.

1.5 LOCATION AND COMMUNICATION

1.5.1 Location

The proposed project is River Bed mining of ordinary sand (Bajri) in River

Badi Kali Sindh, Chandra Bhaga Nadi, Au or Ahu River & Rewa nadi &

their connected flow nallahs. The applied lease area is situated in Tehsil –

Jhalarapatan of District – Jhalawar and Tehsil Ramganj Mandi of District

– Kota, and State – Rajasthan.

1.5.2 Communication

Road link

There are many Tar roads/ kuchha roads are available to reached at mine

site. The nearest National Highway NH-12 is Jhalawar – Kota and SH –

1 (Jhalawar – Mathura) also available in the study area.

Rail link

The Nearest Railway station is at Jhalawar in the study area.

Air link

The Nearest Airport is Indore at a Distance of 224 kms from the

Jhalarapatan.

1.5.3 Basic Amenities

Power

No electric power supply is available at mine site, while electricity is

available in the study area.

Amenities

The nearest police station is at Jhalawar. In the study area, police station,

court, mine office, drinking, Telephone and other facilities available in the

study area.



1.6 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The main objectives of this EMP are listed below:

* To establish the present environmental scenario.

* To anticipate the impacts of proposed future

mining operations on the environment.

* To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigative

measures.

* To suggest preventive and mitigative measures to minimize adverse

impact and to maximize beneficial impacts.

* To prepare a compensatory afforestation scheme.

* To suggest a monitoring programmed to evaluate the effectiveness of

mitigative measures.

* To suggest the formation of a core group responsible for implementation

of environmental control and protective measures and monitoring of

such implementation.

* To suggest a feedback mechanism enabling to make mid -

course corrections.

* To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for

Environmental Management Plan.

1.7 METHODOLOGY FOR EIA

M/s. Udaipur Min–Tech Pvt. Ltd. was assigned the job of conduction of

EIA report of the proposed River Bed mining project of minor mineral

(Bajri) Tehsil – Jhalarapatan of District – Jhalawar and Tehsil Ramganj

Mandi of District – Kota, State – Rajasthan of Shri Indrajeet Singh Jhala.

The study was conducted within10 Km radius from the proposed mine as

center. The base line data collection involves the data’s of air quality,

water status, land use, socio-economic structure of the study area, existing

flora, fauna, prevailing noise levels, along with the physiographical status

and meteorological conditions of the area. The current report is based on



the mining technique, air emissions, waste water generation and

discharge, and solid waste management.

Effective plans to mitigate the adverse impacts and suggestive pollution

control measures along with environmental management plan have been

summarized.

1.8 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The terms of reference on the basis of which the EIA has been prepared

are given below:

1.8.1 Data generation

The data has been generated by M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd, and M/s

Eco Laboratories & Consultation Pvt. Ltd. Mohali, (Punjab), in accordance

with the requirement of statutory agencies. The monitoring and testing

has been done as per the guidelines of MoEF and the IS standards.

Monitoring has been conducted for the following parameters:

TABLE 1.2: DATA GENERATION

S.

No Description

No. of

locations

Total No. of

samples

1.0

AIR

Ambient air monitoring (24 hourly

samples), twice a week for 3

months for one season.

Parameters:PM10,SO2, NOx,

14 336

1.1

Meteorological parameters will be

measured at hourly duration

simultaneously at one air

monitoring station for 3 months

Parameters:

a. Wind speed, direction

b. Relative humidity

c. Temperature

d. Cloudiness

e. Rainfall

1 90 days

2.0

WATER

Water/effluents sample to be

collected from each of the various

locations (surface and ground

10 Ground

water

&

17 Surface

10 Ground

water

&

17 Surface



water) in core and buffer zone (10

km radius).

Parameters:

Water/effluents: tested for

physical and chemical and

biological parameters as well as

according to applicable standards.

water water

3.0 SOIL 7 7

4.0

NOISE

Hourly readings taken for 24

hours (Leq)

14 14 sets

5.0 TRAFFIC DENSITY 2 2 set

1.8.2 Data Collection

The EIA study is being done for the applied Mine Lease (core zone) and

area within 10 km radius (buffer zone), both of which comprise the ‘study

area. The following data, through field survey and other sources, has been

collected by Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd, for preparing the EIA/EMP for

the proposed mining area with related facilities.

i Details of wild fauna and flora within a distance of 10 km from the

project site and information about forests, if any.

ii. Eco-sensitive places, sanctuaries, biosphere reserves within 10 km

radius.

iii. Major industries within 10 km radius.

iv. Religious places / historical monuments and tourist places within

10 km radius.

v. Land use pattern within core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius

around the core zone) based on census and satellite image and cropping

pattern.

vi. Demography and Socio-economic based on last available Census

data for entire study area.

vii. Relevant meteorological data, for previous decades from Indian

Meteorological Department (IMD)

viii. Study of present environmental protection and mitigation

measures in nearby operating similar projects, if any.



ix. Geo-hydrological aspects based on available data from various

secondary sources.

x. Identification of water bodies, hills, roads etc. within 10 km

radius.

1.8.3 Preparation of EMP

The EMP will include the following details:

a. Study of the reports like Geological report, FR or mining plan

made available by the client.

b. Present Environmental Setting

The base line data generated and collected as per para 1.8.1 and 1.8.2 will

be used to establish the present environment scenario.

c. Identification, prediction and evaluation of Anticipated

Environmental Impact due to the proposed Mine and related facilities.

The environmental impacts would be anticipated in core and buffer zone

on:

- Topography and drainage

- Climate

- Water quality(Surface/Ground)

- Hydro-geological Regime

- Air quality

- Noise Levels

- Flora and Fauna

- Traffic density

- Land-Use

- Socio-Economic Conditions

- Habitat

- Health, culture, human environment including public health,

occupational health and safety

- Sensitive Places/Historical Monuments.

The impacts would be anticipated based on experience of similar

projects.



d. Proposed Environmental Safeguards and Monitoring Mechanism.

Relevant guidelines as per Environment Impact Assessment (EIA)

Notification issued in January 1994 and subsequently on 14th September

2006 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 will be kept in mind

while spelling out mitigation measures.

The following aspects would be covered

i. Reclamation of areas disturbed during mining but not required for any

activity after exhaustion of reserves.

ii. Measures to control the surface and ground water pollution due to

various effluents to be discharged, if any.

iii. Measures to control air pollution due to proposed activities/operation.

iv. Green belt development plan and reclamation plan of mine.

v. Measures to contain noise pollution & mitigate adverse impact on

workers and habitat in core and buffer zone.

vi. Pronounce the improvement in socio-economic conditions &

benefits the people will get on implementation of the project.

vii. Measures to control health hazard of workers and surrounding

population.

viii. Total and specific cost of control measures.

ix. Environmental monitoring, implementation organization and

feedback mechanism to effect mid-course corrections.

x. Identification of flora species which can be planted in and around

the project.

1.9 TERMS OF REFERENCE

The term of reference have been issued by Expert Appraisal Committee

(EAC) of MoEF, New Delhi vide letter no. J-11015/328/2013-IA.II (M)

dated 22.011.2013 and are enclosed as Annexure No. I. The response to

the terms of reference has been given on page no. 12-24.

=========*******=========



CHAPTER – II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE NATURE OF THE PROJECT:

Mining of Ordinary Sand (Bajri) is proposed in the river bed, the applied

lease area is 1695.06 ha (Govt. Land). Mining will be carried out by

opencast manual method. The mineral will be loaded manually on trucks.

Proposed production is 7, 50,000 Tons per annum of Sand.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE

COUNTRY AND OR REGION:

The basic objective of the project is to effective utilization of Mineral in the

country and /or region. With the development and industrialization has

enhanced the demand of building material in last 10-15 years. Mainly in

infrastructure projects like highways, buildings, township etc., which has

raised the demand of Sand beside of the mineral. Sand mining not only

provides the building material but also employment, economic growth of

the state that will ultimately enhance the socio-economic status of the

people of the region / area. The production of minerals will benefit to the

State in the form of Royalty. Apart from this, the project will generate

direct and indirect employment opportunities from the nearby villages.

Also, the mine management will conduct medical camps at regular interval

in the nearby villages and will help in providing infrastructure like school

furniture, water tankers, etc.

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

TABLE 2.1: LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

Particulars Details

Name of project River bed Mining project of Ordinary sand

Name of River Badi Kali Sindh, Ahu, Chandra Bhaga, rewa & their

connected nallahs

Near village Bambori, Bavrikheri, Aroliya, Biriya kheri khurd,

Gindora, Jhalara-patan, Bakshpura, Bagdar,



Mundalya khera, Chand loi, Sagoriya, Rup pura,

Kanwara, Kanwari, Samiya, Gadari, Dhavli, Saranga

khera, Narli, Binda, Jatamali, bhumari, Semli

bhawani, Chanvali, Gurariya, Asondiya, Khijarpur,

Bhaumara, Soyat kalan, Gugal heri, Gunjari,

Achravan, Matwasa, Gadarwara nurji, Barana,

Ratanpura, Mori, Kans kheri, Kherkhera, Barodiya,

Tehsil Jhalarapatan & Ramganj Mandi

District Jhalawar & Kota

Latitude 24º 41΄24.96΄΄ - 24º 12΄49.56΄΄ N

Longitude 75º 59΄34.80΄΄ - 76º 14΄45.80΄΄ E

2.4 DEMANDS-SUPPLY GAP:

There is large demand of sand for construction activities in the region.

Demand of the sand is fulfilled by this project of the various end users in

the open market. The entire Sand (minor mineral) produced will be used

in the construction of roads, building and other infrastructures.

2.5 PHYSIOGRAPHY

The topography of the applied area is mainly plain land marked with

shallow nallah and undulations. The higher elevation point is 338 mRL

near village Bhumaru and lower elevation point is 295 mRL near village

Manpura in the applied area. The drainage pattern of this area in general

flowing from south towards north direction.

2.6 DRAINAGE:

Drainage pattern of the area is dendritic. The applied lease area part of

the River Badi kali Sindh, Chandra Bhaga Nadi, Au or Ahu River & Rewa

nadi & their connected flow nallahs.

The northern portion of the applied lease area is a rocky terrain and is

reflected in the structurally controlled drainage as opposed to the

southern portion. The topographically bound meanders can be seen near

Baradiya Antri along with water falls near Brijpura indicating sheer drop

in gradient.



2.7 ALTITUDE, LENGTH & WIDTH OF THE AREA

The proposed project is River Bed mining of ordinary sand (Bajri) in River

Badi Kali Sindh, Chandra Bhaga Nadi, Au or Ahu River & Rewa nadi &

their connected nallahs. It is proposed to produce 7, 50,000 TPA of Sand

from the applied area. Applied Lease area is situated in Tehsil –

Jhalarapatan of District – Jhalawar and Tehsil Ramganj Mandi of District

– Kota, and State – Rajasthan.

TABLE 2.2 LENGTH AND WIDTH OF THE APPLIED LEASE AREA.

Name of River Length

(mtr.) Width (mtr)

Badi Kali sindh and its

connected flow nallah 54194.0 259.0

Chandra Bhaga Nadi 3844.0 82.0

Au(Ahu) River and its

connected nallahs 47159.0 272.0

Rewa Nadi 3698.0 114.0

2.8 GENRAL GEOLOGY & LOCAL GEOLOGY

General Geology:-

Jhalawar district comprises of rocks of Vindhayan super group and

Deccan traps. About 60 % of the district is covered by Deccan trap flows.

The Deccan traps underlie the Vindhayan Super group.

The pretrappean rock formations comprise Lower and Upper Vindhyans

represented by Jhalarapatan sandstone, Suket Shales and limestone,

Kaimur sandstone, Rewa shale, sandstone and conglomerates, Ganurgarh

shales, Lower Bhander sandstone and limestone, Sirbhu shales and

limestone.

The Vindhayan sandstone and shales form linear hills trending northwest

to southeast and velleys. They are exposed around Jhalawar and to its

north east and north west. These rocks have been overlain by twelve

basaltic flows between 280 mts. to 481 mts. R. L., around Dag and

Chaumahala areas, the flows have undergone widespread lateritisation.



Both fossiliferous and imfossiliferous intertrappean clay, chert limestone

beds are also present.

The general stratigraphic succession of the district is as under:

Recent Quaternary

Alluvium

River borne alluvium and

soil

Upper Vindhayan

Deccan Trap

Formation

Bhander Group

Rewa Group

Rewa Shale

Sirbhu Shales

Lower Bhander

Sandstone

Bhander

Limestone

Ganurgarh Shale

Rewa Sandstone

Rewa Shale

Twelve Basaltic flows (7 to

45 meters) with

intertrappean beds.

Shales with siltstone with

limestone intercalations.

Sandstone with shale

intercalations.

Impure argillaceous

stromatolitic limestone

intercalations.

Variegated shale

Sandstone, conglomerate

and grit with shale.

Brown, purple and green

shales.

Lower Vindhayan Kaimur Group

Semri Group

Kaimur

sandstone

Suket Shale

Suket Limestone

Jhalarapatan

Sandstone

Sandstone, grit and

conglomerate

Khaki brown and purple

coloured shales

Limestone

Sandstone with intercalated

shales.

The pretrappean rock formations comprise Lower and Upper Vindhayan

represented by Jhalarapatan sandstone, Suket Shales and limestone,

Kaimur sandstone, Rewa shale, Sandstone and conglomerates, Ganurgarh

shales, Lower Bhander Sandstone and limestone, Sirbhu shales and

limestone.

The Vindhayan Sandstone and shales form linear hills trending northwest

to southeast and valleys. They are exposed around Jhalawar and to its

north east and north west. These rocks have been overlain by twelve

basaltic flows between 280 mRL to 481 mRL, around Dag and

Chaumahala areas, the flows have undergone widespread lateralization.



Both fossiliferous and imfossiliferous intertrappean clay, chert limestone

beds are also present.

The drainage is part of Chambal and ultimately drains off in Chambal

River in the North. Locally the drainage consists of dominantly the Kali

Sindh River in the East and Ahu River flowing from West, both flowing

and subsequently merging into one main stream in North.

The Upriver portion in the South to Central region, displays a moderate

sinuosity and meandering. The sinuosity shows that the beds are shallow

and the gradient and depth increases towards North. Both the tributaries

(Ahu and Kali Sindh) are third order streams with limited branching.

Catchment consists of mostly first order streams. A small Nallah (Chauli

Nadi) merges with Kali Sindh River near village Bhilmera and continues

as Kali Sindh flowing northwards. The Ahu River merges with Kali Sindh

near Village Gaungeri in North eastern portion.

During the survey and mapping of applied lease area gradient of both Kali

Sindh & Ahu river found 1:1037.

Local Geology:

The drainage is part of Chambal and ultimately drains off in Chambal

River in the North. Locally the drainage consists of dominantly the Kali

Sindh River in the East and Ahu River flowing from West, both flowing

and subsequently merging into one main stream in North.

In the applied lease area most of part is covered with sand. In the applied

lease area vicinity of rocks type consists of sandstones, limestone, and

shale’s of Vindhayan group as well as Deccan traps.

The sand deposit in the applied lease area is brought in form from the up-

river basin in where rock types like sandstones, limestone, which

contributes as a source to sand in the river.



2.9 MINABLE AREA AND RESERVE:

Parameters of reserve estimation:

Categorization of Reserves:

Reserves were classified into only one category i.e. Proved.

Proved reserves: All the Bajri which has been expressed on the

river bed upto 3m depth consider under proved category,

Summary of Reserves as per present estimation:

A) Geological Assessment / Study:

(i) The topographical plan:

The topography of the applied area has been shown on Surface Plan. It

has been taken as a base plan for preparation of Surface Geological Plan.

(ii) Exploration already carried out:

The exploration river sand on river bed up to 3m depth will be removed

every year.

(iii) Resource Quality and Quantity Assessment:

(a) Resources quality assessment:

Bajri will be mined from the river bed to be used as building material.

(b) Resources quantity assessment:

Geological Resources have been estimated as per UNFC guideline.

Summary of resources available in the applied area as below:

Four rivers are situated in this applied area. The dimensions and grid

position at the Plan is given below. Their junction is at Badi Kali Sindh

River near Jhalawar Fort. The names of rivers and dimensions are given

in the table below:




m

Width

m

Thickness

m Mineral Remarks

1.Badi Kali Sindh

and its connected

nallah

54194 259 3.0 Sand

(Bajri)

0.0 S to 53250 S and

0.0 E to 14700 E

2.Chandra Bhaga

and its connected

nallah

3844 82 3.0 Sand

(Bajri)

13000 S to 16300 S

and 8500 E to 9300 E.

3.Au(Ahu) and its

connected nallah 47159 272 3.0

Sand

(Bajri)

0.0 S to 30000 S and

0.0 W to 11500 W

4.Rewa Nadi its

connected nallah 3698 114 3.0

Sand

(Bajri)

17200 S to 17800 S

and 6000 E to 9250 E.

Sand Reserves Calculation

Measured Category – 331. Bulk density 1.6


m

Width

m

Thickness

m

Volume

Cu m

M.T.= (Volume*

Bulk density)

1.Badi Kali Sindh and

its connected nallah 32516 122 3.0 1190102 19041604

2.Chandra Bhaga and

its connected nallah 3644 68 3.0 743376 1189402

3.Au(Ahu) and its

connected nallah 28295 102 3.0 8658392 13853428

4.Rewa Nadi its

connected nallah 3489 76 3.0 795492 1272787

Total 22098263 35357220

Measured Reserves (331) 35357220 MT

Losses along Statutory Barrier zone (211) 2475480 MT

Losses due to Public Road (211) 3477120 MT

Total 5952600 MT

Remaining Reserves (111) 29404620 MT

B) Feasibility Assessment: Measured & Indicated resource category

Proved reserves are 29404620 MT and remaining resources are calculated

as 35357220 MT.



Mineable reserve:

Estimation of Reserves* out of Measured & Indicated Mineral Resources

Sr.

no

Resource Type

(Intrinsically Economic)

UNFC

Code

Tonnage

MT

1 Proved Mineral reserves (111) 29404620

2 Remaining Mineral resources (211) 5952600

Total Resources 35357220

Methodology:

Detailed break up of resources in UNFC system is given as below:

RESERVES

(in tonnes)

REMAINING RESOURCES

(in tonnes)

Economic (Mineable) Potentially Economic( Non-mineable) Intrinsically

Economic (Mineable) Reserves

Quantity

(in-situ

Non-mineable

Total

Quantity

(in-situ)

Constraints wise Break up of

quantities

Proved

(111)

29404620 Pre-

Feasibility

Mineral

Resources

(211)

Non-forest

land

5952600 Railway line $Remaining

Measured

Resources

(331)

2475480

Lease

barrier/statutory

pillars in U/G

workings

Non-diverted

Forest land

3477120 Permanent

Infrastructure

like Road, power

lines, habitation

Low grade part

Non bénéficiale

part

Others (Temple)



Presentation of mineral resources (T) as per UNFC

CATEGORY Code Quantity in t

Total resources (A+B) 35357220

Reserves (A) Proved (111) 29404620

Probable (121)

(122)

Remaining

Resources (B)

Feasibility Mineral resources (211) 5952600

Pre-Feasibility Mineral resources (221)

(222)

Remaining Measured Mineral

Resources (331)

Remaining Indicated Mineral

Resources (332)

Inferred Mineral Resources (333)

Reconnaissance Mineral

Resources (334)

Mineable Reserves & Life of Mine;

Recovery:

Recovery of Bajri from the ROM is estimated at 100 % of the reserves. Life

of mine is calculated based on reserves under UNFC code 111 & 211 only.

Life is estimated at the 750000 tonnes of production of ROM per year.

Life of Mine:

Life of mine is estimated at 29404620 tones/ 750000 per annum = 39.21

years

2.10 METHOD OF MINING

The method of mining is manual; a loading gang of 4 persons are deputed

to load Bajri with the help of spade and basket to the waiting

truck/dumper/tractor trolley.

The vehicle for transport of Bajri from mine to the destination is provided

by the contractor. The workmen to load also are from a contractor.

Reserves as

per UNFC Code

In-situ

In tones Recoverable

Sub

Grade Rejects

Proved 111 29404620 100% Nil Nil



Sometimes extra loads which are not booked by the buyers are unloaded

at the Stack yard made for temporary storage of Bajri for a day or two.

It is proposed that a JCB model 3D loader cum excavator, tyre mounted

shall be used for loading in the Stack yard only. The loading will take

place in a Truck or Dumper of 10 ton capacity or a Tractor Trolley of 4 ton

capacity. This will ensure supply to the consumer or buyer directly from

the mine.

FIGURE 2.1: PROPOSED MINING BLOCKS FOR EXCAVATION IN

THE OPERATIONAL PHASE.

FIGURE 2.2: RIVER BED AREA NOT PROPOSED FOR EXCAVATION

IN THE OPERATIONAL PHASE.



The mining will be done in five blocks in different sites of the applied

lease area. The total applied lease area is 1695.06 hect. and about 130.0

hect. area will be excavated in different five blocks in the operational

phase.

2.11 REPLINISHMENT IN MINING AREA

The rotational mining shall be adopted to facilitate the replenishment of

the excavated part of river during rainy season. Thus the mineable area

has been divided in two parts of each mining blocks i.e. the upstream part

and the downstream part. The Mining of these two part is suggested on

rotation basis in such a way that working site of previous year mining will

act as depository for the post monsoon season.

Significant feature of Mining

The mining shall be done manually. No mining machinery shall be

deployed.

The working period for mining will be restricted to 270 days (nine

months) and during three month of rainy season no mining shall be

undertaken.

The mining operations in the applied lease area would be confined to day

light hours, from 9 A.M. to 5 P. M.



The block being rested would be remaining so nearly for 15 months.

Thus virtually each block would be rested for replenishment for two

consecutive monsoons.

The Bajri will be loaded into trolleys by manually and transported to

directly sell.

2.12 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION:

The mining activity in the applied lease area will involve contractual

labor. About 523 persons will be engaged in mining of Bajri; loading of

material into tractor trolleys. The Bajri will be transport and directly sold.

For mining 2500 MT/day, we shall need a manpower of 2500/5=500

Workmen. The vehicle for transport of Bajri from mine to the destination

is provided by the contractor. The labors for loading and un-loading of

Bajri will also enganged by contractor. Sometimes extra loads which are

not booked by the buyers are unloaded at the Stack yard made for

temporary storage of Bajri for a day or two outide river bed area.

2.13 WASTE GENERATION

There is no top soil, overburden or waste to be encountered in the area.

Waste disposal is not required and not proposed.

2.14 TRANSPORTATION

The applied lease area is having gentle slope during the survey and

mapping along the applied lease with the gradient of 1:1037 hence, tracks

for the movement of tractors can be made and maintained in any part of

the applied lease area.

During the survey and mapping of applied lease area gradient of both Kali

Sindh & Ahu river found 1:1037.

The loaded tractor trolleys would carry the material directly sold. About

2500 metric tons of Bajri would be required to be moved daily.

Transportation will be done by tractor trolley only.



2.15 ANTICIPATED LIFE OF DEPOSIT

There is no specific life of the river bed area as the area under reference is

open and barren river bed of the river and whatever quality of sand

mineral are extracted during every year; more than the extracted quantity

will be replenished every year during monsoon.

2.16 THE QUANTUM OF DEVELOPMENT AND TONNAGE

OF PRODUCTION:

There is no development required in the section under removal of Bajri

except making of approach road for Tractor trolley and Truck. This could

be a levelling operation of the floor of river to a length of about 30-40 m for

positioning of trucks at the loading point.

The proposal for removal of Bajri is planned between the areas lying at

grid lines as given below:

Name of River Grid

from

Grid

To

Grid

from

Grid

to Area

1.Badi Kali Sindh

and its connected

flow nallah

12900 S 13900 S 9800 E 12300 E Block- A

31500 S 32500 S 11000 E 11500E Block- B

2.Chandra Bhaga

and its connected

flow nallah

18000 S 19700 S 6200 W 7500 W Block- A

22500 S 23600 S 8750 W 9750 W Block- B

3.Au(Ahu) and its

connected flow

nallah

13500 S 14775 S 8500 E 8900 E Block- A

4.Rewa Nadi its

connected nallah 17200 S 17900 S 7000 W 7800 W

Block- A



2.17 USE OF MINERAL

Sand is mainly consumed by infrastructure & building, industries and

development.

Sand is used for mainly for construction work with cement or lime

mortar.

The specifications of average grade of Bajri is that it should be gravel

free and of desired porosity. It should be siliceous in nature.

2.18 UTILITIES

A. Power Supply:

The electric power supply is not available at river site, while the nearby

area (huts, villages) electricity is available. During the working, no power

supply will be required.

B. Water:

Water requirement for domestic/drinking purpose is fulfilled through the

nearby handpump/dug wells in villages also from river. The total water

requirement for the project is estimated 15 KLD. Water for mining

operation (dust suppression) and for domestic & drinking purpose will be

supplied with the help dug well situated in the nearby village and water

tankers.

TABLE 2.3: PEAK WATER REQUIREMENT

Purpose Requirement (KLD)

Drinking 6.0

Dust Suppression 5.0

Plantation 4.0

Total 15.0



FIGURE 2.3: WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

No outflow No outflow

C. Man Power

Total manpower required for the project is approx. 523 persons.

2.19 PROPOSED SITE FACILITIES

i) Office :

The applicant will establish site office cum store at different working site

along applied lease area.

ii) First Aid Room :

Although the river bed mining project does not involve any major risks but

a first aid room with proper equipment will be maintained as per Mines

Act and Mine Rules at the river site office. First aid-box with all necessary

facilities will be maintained and provided.

iii) Latrine and Urinal :

Latrine and urinal will be provided separately for labors/ worker as per

Mine Rules.

======******=======

TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT

15.0 KLD

Dug well/ River water

Dust supper.

5.0 KLD

Sanitation &

Drinking 6.0 KLD

0.5 m3 / day

Plantation

4.0 KLD

Septic tank- Soak Pit



CHAPTER – III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 GENERAL

3.1.1 Study area

Exploitation of mineral resources from the land through mining causes

environmental and ecological instability, severe land degradation besides

biological physical and socio-economic imbalance. The impact of the

mining activities can be quantified through Environmental Impact

Assessment Studies within the impact zone. The findings of EIA studies

help in preparation of the environmental management plan for

mitigating the adverse impacts.

For the purpose of studying the baseline status of the environment,

core zone and buffer zone are considered for Impact Assessment. The

core area for the purpose comprises applied mining lease area of 1695.06

Hect. The buffer zone comprises a 10 km from around the core area.

This section contains a description of the existing baseline environmental

status of the area surrounding Badi Kali Sindh, Ahu, Chandra Bhaga,

Rewa Nadi & their connected nallahs mine, the data collected has been

used to define the environmental scenario of the area, against which the

potential impacts of the project has been assessed.

3.1.2 Sources of Environmental Data

The baseline information on micro-meteorology, ambient air quality,

water quality, noise levels, soil quality and floristic descriptions are

largely drawn from the data generated by M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd,

M/s Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd. Mohali, (Punjab), (NABL

Accredited Lab). Long term meteorological data recorded at the nearest

IMD station, Jhalawar was collected. Apart from these, secondary data

have been collected from Census Handbook, Revenue Records, Statistical



Department, Soil Survey and Land use Organization, District Industries

Centre, Forest Department, Central Ground Water Authority, etc. The

generation of primary data as well as collection of secondary data and

information from the site and surroundings was carried out during winter

season i.e. December - 13 to February - 14.

3.1.3 Aspect Studied

As per the gazette notification dated 14th September 2006 and

guidelines of CPCB, the study area was demarked. The study was

conducted within a radius of 10 km within mine as center. The study

period defined is December - 13 to February - 14.

The discipline covered by the baseline data collection programme includes

the following:-

Topography, Physiography, Hydrological aspects, Atmospheric condition,

Biological environment, Land use, cropping pattern & Socioeconomic

aspects.

3.1.4 Presentation

Each of the aspects listed above considered ahead in a sequential manner.

Data Collected during the baseline study period are given ahead and

provides a sound knowledge of the existing environment.

3.1.5 STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE

The study area includes the villages of Ramganj Mandi & Jhalarapatan

Tehsil within 10 Kms. radius from the mine as center.

TABLE 3.1: STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE

S. No. Particulars Details

1.0 General Particulars

1.1 Latitude 24º 41΄24.96΄΄ -

24º 12΄49.56΄΄ N



Longitude 75º 59΄34.80΄΄ -

76º 14΄45.80΄΄ E

1.2 Populations 239101

1.3 Tehsil Ramganj Mandi

& Jhalarapatan

1.4 District H.Q. Kota & Jhalawar

2.0 Demography

2.1 Total Population 239101

Male 122382

Female 116719

2.2 Literates 130201

2.3 No. of Household 49314

2.4 No. of Villages 243

3.0 Land Use Pattern Ha.

3.1 Forest 27134.55

3.2 River 4245.92

3.3 Water Bodies 3127.01

3.4 Land with Scrub 44755.47

3.5 Fallow Land 40121.81

3.6 Crop Land 112603.78

3.7 Agriculture Plantation 19490.42

3.8 Habitation 2193.15

3.9 Mining Area 2789.27

3.10 Land without scrub 18436.65

Total 274898.03

4.0 Climatology (Dec., 13 to Feb. 14)

4.1 Mean monthly maximum temp. °C 30.4

4.2 Mean monthly minimum temp. °C 7.6

4.3 Relative humidity % 28 to 84 %

4.4 Total Rainfall in mm 57.0 mm



FIGURE 3.1: FIELD VISIT BY EIA COORDINATOR & TEAM

3.2 TOPOGRAPHY


shallow nallah and undulations. The drainage of this area in general

flowing from south towards north direction. The highest elevation of the

area is 338 mRL and lowest being 295 mRL. The applied lease area falls

in Survey of India GT sheet no. 45 P/14, 15, 54 D/2, 3, 4 (all five are



adjoining each other) and located between Latitude 24º 41΄24.96΄΄ - 24º

12΄49.56΄΄ N and longitude 75º 59΄34.80΄΄ - 76º 14΄45.80΄΄ E

Refer Figure 3.2: Topography Map of the Study Area.



FIGURE 3.2 TROPOGRAPHY MAP OF THE STUDY AREA



3.3 CLIMATIC CONDITION

Average annual rainfall (1997-2006) of the district is 883.0 mm. However

normal rainfall for the period 1901 to 1970 is 934.5 mm. The western part

of the district has lesser rains than the eastern part.

The climate of the district is dry except S-W monsoon season. The cold

season is from December to February and is followed by summer from

March to June. From mid of September to end of November constitute

post monsoon season. The drought are in general of mild or normal type,

however severe types of drought are recorded at Manoharthana, Aklera,

Khanpur, Bakani and Pirawa.

3.4 PHYSIOGRAPHY

3.4.1 Relief


shallow nallah and undulations. The drainage of this area in general

flowing from south towards north. The highest elevation of the applied

lease area is 338 mRL and lowest being 299 mRL.

3.4.2 Drainage:

Drainage pattern of the area is dendritic. The applied lease area part of

the River Badi kali Sindh, Chandra Bhaga Nadi, Au or Ahu River & Rewa

nadi & their connected flow nallahs.

The northern portion of the applied lease area is a rocky terrain and is

reflected in the structurally controlled drainage as opposed to the

southern portion. The topographically bound meanders can be seen near

Baradiya Antri along with water falls near Brijpura indicating sheer drop

in gradient.

Refer Figure 3.3: Drainage Pattern of the Study Area.



FIGURE 3.3: DRAINAGE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA



3.5 REPLISHMENT OF THE AREA

The mining from river bed does not have any impact on topography and

natural drainage of surrounding area as no part of land outside river bed is

disturbed and the void formed dust excavated Bajri (Mineral) from river bed

is filled bank generally during monsoon season, more or less restoring to

original position thus not affecting normal drainage in the river channel

also.

3.6 HUMAN SETTLEMENT

There is no human settlement within the applied lease area. Total 243

villages with 49314 household within the study area with population of

239101.

3.7 HYDROLOGICAL ASPECTS

Geological Framework

Jhalawar comprises rocks of Vindhayan super group and Deccan traps.

About 60% of the district is covered by Deccan traps. The Vindhayan

comprised of lower and upper Vindhayan represented by Jhalarapatan

sandstone, Suket shale and limestone, Kaimur sandstone, Rewa shale,

sandstone and conglomerate, Ganugarh shales, lower Bhander sandstone

and limestone.



The Vindhayan sandstone and shale form linear hills trending North West

to south east. They are exposed around Jhalawar town and to its north east

and north west. These rocks are overlain by twelve basaltic flows between

280 and 481metres mean reduced level. Around Dag and Kolvi the flows

have undergone wide spread laterization. Both fossiliferous and non

fossiliferous clay, chert, limestone beds are also present.

The entire Dag, Pirawa, Manoharthana and parts of Bakani and

Jhalarapatan Blocks are occupied by Deccan traps. The northern part of the

district comprising of Khanpur block is occupied by sandstone and limestone

of lower Bhander group. The main hill ranges comprising of shale,

sandstone and conglomerates belongs to Rewa and Kaimur groups of upper

Vindhayan. Semri group belonging to Lower Vindhayan is exposed in parts

of Jhalarapatan block.

Hydro-geological Condition:

The occurrence of ground water in the district is mainly controlled by the

topographic and structural features present in the geological formations.

Groundwater occurs mainly under unconfined condition to semi-confined in

saturated zone of rock formation. Its occurrence is controlled by topography,

physiography and structural features of the geological formations. The

movement of the groundwater in hard rock areas is governed by size,

openness, interconnection and continuity of structural weak planes while in

unconsolidated rocks groundwater movement takes places through pore

space between grains. Water bearing properties of different aquifers are

described below:

Groundwater in Vindhayan Super Group

Vindhayan sandstones and shales mainly occur in northern part of the

district. Sand stones (mostly of Bhander group) are the most widely

distributed lithounits in the Vindhayan terrain of the district. Generally the

sandstones and shales occur as alternate layers. The sandstones layers are



low dipping, fine grained, compact and hard where as shales are flaky in

nature. Under favourable conditions the contact of two yield water.

Within sandstone large dia. open wells are most feasible abstraction

structures and yield of wells ranges from 50 to 200 cu.m/ day ,value of

specific capacities ranges from 20 to 200litres/ min./meter.

Groundwater within Vindhayan shales occur under water table conditions

in the weathered zone and in fractures formed due to splintery nature of the

shales. Large diameter dug wells taping shales yield only in the range of 20

to 80 cu.meter /day.Dug wells at a stretch can run for 1 to 2 Hours only.

Horizontal boring in the dug wells also does not yield promising result.

Source –CGWB, Jhalawar

Hydrology of Kota District

Hydrological

units

Description of the unit/Geological

section Occurrence

Alluvium

(Quaternary)

Sandstone

(Vindhayan

Super group)

Limestone

(Vindhayan

Super

Group)

It comprises unconsolidated to

semi consolidated sand, silt and

clays. The thickness of alluvium

varies from few meters to about

40m.

Sandstone is buff to red colored,

hard compact and quartzite.

Limestone is fine to medium

grained grey, yellowish buff, red

and chocolate colored. Grey and

yellowish limestones at places

are siliceous, hard and less

The litho unit

occupies northern

part of the area in

parts of Itawa and

Sultanpur blocks.

It occurs in Central

part of the area in

Ladpura and Sangod

blocks.

Limestone of

Vindhayan Super

Group encompasses

Ramganj Mandi and

localized pockets in



Shale

(Vindhayan

Super

Group)

susceptible to weathering.

Limestone is often interbedded

with shales.

The litho unit represents Rewa

group and occurs as inter bedded

with sandstone and limestone.

other blocks.

Shale of Vindhayan

Super Group covers

area around Sangod.

Source –CGWB, Kota

3.7.1 Introduction

Local hydrological parameters and ground level water levels are not

affected due to mining activity in the area.

Ground Water Condition

The ground water level in the valley of River Badi Kali Sindh, Ahu, Chandra

Bhaga, Rewa Nadi & their connected flow nallahs varies on an average from

40 meters to 45 meters near the riverbed and increases towards.

3.8 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION

Atmospheric conditions include meteorological condition and ambient air

quality of the study area. Meteorological conditions with respect to wind

velocity and direction in the study area was determined by IMD station

Jhalawar. The required data for interpretation the ambient air quality of

the study area was generated by establishing a monitoring network. Regular

field observations as per the norms of MoEF and CPCB were taken from the

established monitoring stations.

3.9 METEOROLOGY

Introduction

Meteorological factors such as wind speed; direction variation in

temperature, humidity etc. play a direct role in dispersion of pollutants

atmospheric pressure, rainfall and cloud cover also govern this activity.



Other factors such as terrain and local topography also take part in

atmospheric dispersion. Meteorology plays a vital role in affecting the

dispersion of pollutants. Since meteorological factors show wide fluctuations

with time, meaningful interpretation can be drawn only from long term

reliable data. Such source of data is the Indian meteorological Department

(IMD), which maintains a network of meteorological stations at several

important locations. The nearest IMD stations (Jhalawar) is located in the

study area. Meteorological information available for this station is

temperature, humidity, rainfall, wind speed and wind direction. The data

recorded at Jhalawar IMD station for the period December, 13 to February,

14 are summarized in below table.

Meteorological Data from IMD Station

The data recorded at Jhalawar IMD station of the study period December,

2013 to February, 2014 are temperature and relative humidity were

recorded during the study period which are summarized in the below table.

TABLE 3.2: MEAN TEMPAEARTURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY

Month

Temperature

(°C)

Relative

Humidity (%) Wind Speed (km/hr.)

Max. Min. Max. Min. 8.30 HRS 17.30 HRS

Min. Max. Min. Max.

Dec., 13 31.6 8.0 90 33 04 04 04 04

Jan., 14 25.5 8.0 86 34 04 04 04 04

Feb., 14 30.4 8.6 83 27 04 04 04 04

Site Specific Meteorological Data at Jhalarapatan

The data recorded at site of the study period December, 2013 to February,

2014 are temperature and relative humidity were recorded during the study

period which are summarized in the below table.



TABLE 3.3: MEAN TEMPAEARTURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY

Month

Temperature

(°C)

Relative

Humidity (%) Wind Speed (km/hr.)

Max. Min. Max. Min. 8.30 HRS 17.30 HRS

Max. Min. Max. Min.

Dec., 13 30.4 7.6 88 32 04 04 06 04

Jan., 14 24.4 7.8 84 35 06 04 04 04

Feb., 14 29.9 7.8 82 28 06 04 04 04

The mean maximum temperature ranges recorded was 30.4°C and

minimum temperature was 7.6°C during the study period. The relative

humidity is high during the study period, being generally over 88%. Wind

speed plays a dominant role in the dispersion of air pollutants. An

observation of the wind rose shows that the predominant wind directions are

NEE to SWW.

Wind Rose

Wind speed of a site plays a vital role in predicting the extent of air

pollution. It gives a clear view about the extent to which air pollutants are

carried before they touch the ground. Wind rose is diagrammatic

representation of wind speed in a specified direction with its arms

representing sixteen directions; each arm gives a clear frequency

distribution of wind speed.

Wind roses are generated with the site meteorological information’s initially

collected. These raw data are processed with certain interpolation and

stability classes and joint frequency function are developed to eventually

reach to the development of wind roses.

Refer Figure No. 3.4: Wind Rose Diagram



FIGURE 3.4: WINDROSE DIAGRAM



3.10 AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT

To establish the ambient air quality the studies were carried out

during winter season of the Month December, 2013 to February, 2014.

3.10.1 Ambient Air Sampling

Ambient air quality sampling was carried out with the help of

Respirable particulate matter Sampler “ Respirable Dust Sampler” (RDS).

The data generated by M/s Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd. for

ambient air quality status within 10 km. radius of the mine has been

compiled along with micrometeorological conditions for particulars season.

3.10.2. Location of Ambient Air Sampling Stations

Fourteen sampling stations were established based on proposed river

blocks of sand and around the core zone within 10 km radius to study

the present air quality. The locations are given in below table and the

area marked in Figure.

TABLE 3.4: LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR MONITORING STATIONS

Station

Code. Station Name

Location with respect to Site

Distance (Km) Distance (Km)

Near Block No. 1 (Proposed Mining Block of Applied lease area)

A1 Near Binda (Block No. 1) Core zone Core zone

A6 Near Raipur 1.50 NNW

A7 Near Narsinghpura 2.50 SE

A8 Near Nayagaon 2.00 E

A12 Near Motipura 4.50 E

Near Block no. 2 & 3 (Proposed Mining Block of Applied lease area)

A2 Near Dhanodi (Block No,

2) Core zone Core zone

A3 Near Jhalarapatan (Block

No. 3) Core zone Core zone

A9 Near Mandwar 2.00 NE



A10 Near Jhalawar 1.00 W

A11 Near Jhalarapatan 1.00 W


A4 Near Rewa River –

Pipaliya (Block No. 4) Core zone Core zone

A5 Near Sangam Rewa River

(Block No. 5) Core zone Core zone

A13 Near Chittraur 3.00 W

A14 Near Ganeshpura 3.00 W

Refer Figure 3.5: Ambient Air Sampling Location in the Study Area.



FIGURE 3.5: AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.6: PHOTOGRAPHS OF AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING IN THE

STUDY AREA



3.10.3. Sampling Schedule

Twenty four hourly samples were collected from each station round the

clock, twice a week for continuous three month (December, 13 to

February, 2014).

3.10.4. Air quality parameter

The following parameters were analyzed for each sample.

- Particulate Matter (PM10)

- Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

- Oxides of nitrogen (Nox)

The sampling and testing of ambient air quality parameters were

carried out as per relevant parts of IS 5182. The brief details of testing

procedure adopted are given in below table.

TABLE 3.5: PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING VARIOUS AIR QUALITY

PARAMETERS

Parameters Testing Procedure

PM10

Gravimetric method using Respirable particulate matter

Sampler “ Respirable Dust Sampler” (RDS) IS:5182(Part

IV)1973

NOx

Absorption in dil. NaOH and then estimated

calorimetrically with sulphanilamide and N(I-Nepthyle)

Ethylene diamine Dihydrochloride and Hydrogen

Peroxide(IS:5182 1975, Part VI)

SO2

Absorption in Sodium Tetra Chloro- Mercurate followed

by Colorimetric estimation using P-Rosaniline

hydrochloride and Formaldehyde(IS:5182 Part II. 1969)

The detailed results of ambient air quality are given in table below table.



TABLE 3.6: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

(PM10 24-hr Concentration in ug/cum)

Station ► Near

Binda

Near

Dhanodi

Near

Jhalra

patan

Near

Rewa

river -

Pipaliya

Near

Sangam

Rewa

River

S.

No.▼ Result A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

December -2013

1. Minimum 63.48 61.63 63.59 62.23 52.25

2. Maximum 74.35 76.15 77.51 74.05 65.64

3. Average 69.87 69.90 69.37 71.73 58.95

4. 98% 72.86 74.63 75.96 72.57 64.33

January – 2014

1. Minimum 64.17 66.53 64.33 65.80 65.54

2. Maximum 78.53 76.07 73.88 79.36 72.29

3. Average 71.97 71.78 69.72 70.25 69.30

4. 98% 76.96 74.55 72.40 77.77 70.84

February – 2014

1. Minimum 64.58 67.50 58.68 64.17 60.43

2. Maximum 76.12 76.85 73.15 78.53 73.21

3. Average 69.95 72.06 68.31 71.97 66.53

4. 98% 74.60 75.31 71.69 76.96 71.75

Source: Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd.



Ambient Air Quality

(SOx 24-hr Concentration in ug/cum)

Station ► Near

Binda

Near

Dhanodi

Near

Jhalra

patan

Near

Rewa

river -

Pipaliya

Near

Sangam

Rewa

River

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

2. Maximum 3.35 3.64 3.27 3.35 2.81

3. Average 2.12 2.52 2.34 2.32 2.35

4. 98% 3.28 3.57 3.20 3.28 2.75

January – 2014


2. Maximum BDL 3.87 3.48 3.27 3.43

3. Average 0.96 2.66 2.87 2.34 2.57

4. 98% BDL 3.79 3.41 3.20 3.36

February – 2014


2. Maximum BDL 2.84 3.48 2.91 3.09

3. Average 1.59 2.29 1.95 1.79 2.23

4. 98% BDL 2.78 3.41 2.85 3.03




Ambient Air Quality

(NOx 24-hr Concentration in ug/cum)

Station ► Near

Binda

Near

Dhanodi

Near

Jhalrapat

an

Near

Rewa

river -

Pipaliya

Near

Sangam

Rewa

River

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum 3.56 3.80 3.57 3.18 3.56

2. Maximum 4.67 5.65 5.02 5.17 5.24

3. Average 4.11 4.30 4.22 4.31 4.47

4. 98% 4.58 5.54 4.92 5.07 5.14

January – 2014

1. Minimum 2.60 4.22 2.82 3.57 4.00

2. Maximum 5.06 5.78 5.11 5.02 5.33

3. Average 3.94 4.90 4.41 4.22 4.74

4. 98% 4.96 5.66 5.01 4.92 5.22

February – 2014

1. Minimum 2.40 4.27 4.09 3.41 4.27

2. Maximum 3.75 5.48 5.23 4.83 5.64

3. Average 3.12 4.85 4.79 4.00 5.00

4. 98% 3.68 5.37 5.13 4.73 5.53




Ambient Air Quality


Station ► Near

Raipur

Near

Narsinghpura

Near

Nayagaon

Near

Mandawar

Near

Jhalawar

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum 55.60 66.76 60.86 65.07 54.09

2. Maximum 73.68 79.86 73.99 74.28 75.62

3. Average 62.33 72.22 70.20 70.41 68.59

4. 98% 72.21 78.26 72.51 72.79 74.11

January – 2014

1. Minimum 59.97 64.24 63.45 62.27 50.14

2. Maximum 71.76 78.94 76.46 73.47 69.86

3. Average 67.67 71.71 68.77 68.06 61.68

4. 98% 70.32 77.36 74.39 72.00 68.46

February – 2014

1. Minimum 55.67 64.44 62.23 67.54 55.17

2. Maximum 76.79 74.96 74.65 74.78 69.71

3. Average 67.44 71.16 70.61 70.05 60.88

4. 98% 75.25 73.46 73.16 73.28 68.32

Source : Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd.



Ambient Air Quality


Station ► Near

Raipur

Near

Narsinghpura

Near

Nayagaon

Near

Mandawar

Near

Jhalawar

S.


December -2013


2. Maximum 4.41 3.65 3.09 BDL 4.14

3. Average 2.63 2.57 2.06 0.87 2.29

4. 98% 4.32 3.58 3.03 BDL 4.06

January – 2014

1. Minimum 2.45 BDL BDL BDL BDL

2. Maximum 3.91 BDL BDL 2.75 3.42

3. Average 3.0 1.85 1.93 1.68 2.45

4. 98% 3.83 BDL BDL 2.70 3.35

February – 2014

1. Minimum 2.26 BDL BDL BDL BDL

2. Maximum 3.04 BDL 2.75 BDL 3.26

3. Average 2.78 1.55 1.67 1.52 2.04

4. 98% 2.98 BDL 2.70 BDL 3.19




Ambient Air Quality


Station ► Near

Raipur

Near

narsinghpura

Near

Nayagaon

Near

Mandawar

Near

Jhalawar

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum 3.71 3.82 4.17 3.17 3.41

2. Maximum 5.42 5.53 5.71 5.10 5.97

3. Average 4.66 4.82 4.80 4.49 4.69

4. 98% 5.31 5.42 5.60 5.00 5.85

January – 2014

1. Minimum 2.35 3.71 4.27 3.95 4.12

2. Maximum 5.95 4.69 5.60 5.17 6.11

3. Average 4.81 4.25 4.90 4.44 4.86

4. 98% 5.83 4.60 5.49 5.07 5.99

February – 2014

1. Minimum 3.33 4.29 4.56 2.46 4.56

2. Maximum 5.67 5.55 5.71 3.97 5.44

3. Average 4.71 4.91 5.04 3.11 5.10

4. 98% 5.56 5.44 5.60 3.89 5.33




Ambient Air Quality


Station ► Near

Jhalarapatan

Near

Motipura

Near

Chhatrapura

Near

Ganeshpura

S.

No.▼ Result A11 A12 A13 A14

December -2013

1. Minimum 51.31 60.88 56.67 66.67

2. Maximum 73.11 72.89 76.77 79.95

3. Average 65.24 66.93 64.67 72.22

4. 98% 71.65 71.43 75.23 78.35

January – 2014

1. Minimum 59.89 61.83 58.86 64.05

2. Maximum 74.60 70.20 75.51 78.15

3. Average 69.04 66.13 69.36 71.68

4. 98% 73.11 68.80 74.00 76.59

February – 2014

1. Minimum 54.72 57.76 55.73 63.48

2. Maximum 69.19 70.80 64.34 74.10

3. Average 61.65 64.05 60.04 70.99

4. 98% 67.81 69.38 63.05 72.62




Ambient Air Quality


Station ► Near

Jhalarapatan

Near

Motipura

Near

Chhatrapura

Near

Ganeshpura

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum 2.18 BDL BDL BDL

2. Maximum 4.10 BDL 4.67 3.82

3. Average 2.95 1.48 2.71 2.91

4. 98% 4.02 BDL 4.58 3.74

January – 2014


2. Maximum 3.96 BDL 3.63 3.59

3. Average 3.12 1.16 2.65 2.38

4. 98% 3.88 BDL 3.56 3.52

February – 2014


2. Maximum 4.24 2.19 4.46 4.37

3. Average 3.33 1.72 2.12 2.30

4. 98% 4.16 2.15 4.37 4.28




Ambient Air Quality


Station ► Near

Jhalarapatan

Near

Motipura

Near

Chhatrapura

Near

Ganeshpura

S.


December -2013

1. Minimum 3.34 3.64 3.57 2.87

2. Maximum 4.54 5.24 4.42 5.33

3. Average 3.97 4.32 3.99 4.44

4. 98% 4.45 5.14 4.33 5.22

January – 2014

1. Minimum 2.35 3.35 3.58 3.55

2. Maximum 5.43 4.69 4.63 5.04

3. Average 3.60 3.97 3.87 4.22

4. 98% 5.32 4.60 4.54 4.94

February – 2014

1. Minimum 2.42 3.29 3.62 4.04

2. Maximum 6.88 5.42 5.97 5.18

3. Average 4.28 4.54 4.71 4.77

4. 98% 6.74 5.31 5.85 5.08


Refer Annexure No. VII: Results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring.

The observed range of various parameters recorded, have been compared

with the National Ambient Quality Standards laid down by the Central

Pollution Control Board.



TABLE 3.7: COMPARISON OF AIR MONITORING RESULTS

Parameters

Near

Binda

Near

Dhanodi

Near

Jhalra

patan

Near

Rewa

river -

Pipaliya

Near

Sangam

Rewa River

NAAQS*

Ind. &

Res. , Rural

use A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

PM10 Concentration

Minimum 63.48 61.63 58.68 62.23 52.25

100 Maximum 78.53 76.85 77.51 79.36 73.21

Average 71.01 69.24 68.10 70.80 62.73

98% tile 76.96 75.31 75.96 77.77 71.75

SO2 Concentration

Minimum BDL BDL BDL BDL 2.26

80

Maximum 3.35 3.87 3.48 3.35 3.43

Average 1.68 1.94 1.74 1.68 2.85

98% tile 3.28 3.79 3.41 3.28 3.36

NOx Concentration

Minimum 2.40 3.80 2.82 3.18 3.56

80

Maximum 5.06 5.78 5.23 5.17 5.64

Average 3.73 4.79 4.02 4.20 4.60

98% tile 4.96 5.66 5.13 5.07 5.53

Parameters

Near

Raipur

Near

Narsinghpura

Near

Nayagaon

Near

Mandawar

Near

Jhalawar

NAAQS*

Ind. &

Res. ,

Rural

use A6 A7 A8 A9 A10

PM10 Concentration

Minimum 55.60 64.24 60.86 62.27 50.14

100 Maximum 76.79 79.86 76.46 74.78 75.62

Average 66.20 72.05 68.66 68.53 62.88

98% tile 75.25 78.26 74.93 73.28 74.11

SO2 Concentration

Minimum 2.45 BDL BDL BDL 2.58

80

Maximum 4.41 3.65 3.09 2.75 4.14

Average 3.43 1.83 1.55 1.38 3.36

98% tile 4.32 3.58 3.03 2.70 4.06

NOx Concentration



Minimum 2.35 3.71 4.17 2.46 3.41

80

Maximum 5.95 5.55 5.71 5.17 6.11

Average 4.15 4.63 4.94 3.81 4.76

98% tile 5.83 5.44 5.60 5.07 5.99

Parameters

Near

Jhalarapatan

Near

Motipura

Near

Chhatrapura

Near

Ganeshpura

NAAQS*

Ind. &

Res. , Rural

use A11 A12 A13 A14

PM10 Concentration

Minimum 51.31 57.76 55.73 63.48

100 Maximum 74.60 72.89 76.77 79.95

Average 62.96 65.33 66.25 71.72

98% tile 73.11 71.43 75.23 78.35

SO2 Concentration

Minimum 2.18 BDL BDL BDL

80

Maximum 4.24 2.19 4.67 4.37

Average 3.21 1.10 2.34 2.19

98% tile 4.16 2.15 4.58 4.28

NOx Concentration

Minimum 2.35 3.29 3.57 2.87

80

Maximum 6.88 5.42 5.97 5.33

Average 4.62 4.40 4.77 4.10

98% tile 6.74 5.31 5.85 5.22

* NAAQS – National Ambient Air Quality Standards. 24-hr concentration

in ug/m3.

A perusal of above table shows that PM10, NOx & SO2 are well within

limits prescribed for areas meant for “Residential and Rural Use.



TABLE 3.8: RESULTS OF FREE SILICA IN PM10

Station

Code. Station Name Units

Free Silica in

PM10

A1 Near Binda µg/m3 0.60

A2 Near Dhanodi µg/m3 0.51

A3 Near Jhalarapatan µg/m3 0.61

A4 Near Rewa River -

Pipaliya µg/m3 0.59

A5 Near Sangam Rewa River µg/m3 0.40

A6 Near Raipur µg/m3 0.43

A7 Near Narsinghpura µg/m3 0.59

A8 Near Nayagaon µg/m3 0.50

A9 Near Mandwar µg/m3 0.32

A10 Near Jhalawar µg/m3 0.50

A11 Near Jhalarapatan µg/m3 0.50

A12 Near Motipura µg/m3 0.79

A13 Near Chittraur µg/m3 0.60

A14 Near Ganeshpura µg/m3 0.50

Refer Annexure No. VIII: Results of Free Silica in PM10.

3.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Mining and allied activities are usually noise-prone activities. Excessive

noise levels may cause adverse effects on human being and its associated

environment including domestic animals, wild life, natural ecosystem and

structure.

The noise problem is said to exist when the sound level in the air causes

interference in human activities such as disturbance in sleep, work and

speech communication leading to annoyance. Perception of noise by

individuals varies depending on number of factors such as natural

sensitivity / hearing ability, level of exposure, time of the day, socio-cultural

activities etc. at the time of exposure to sound. The impact of noise at



community level can have different effects varying from aesthetic

impairment such as annoyance, frequent hypertension to as high as loss of

hearing. The health impact of noise on individual depends on several

factors, viz. physical dose (intensity of sound pressure level and duration of

exposure), frequency spectrum, intermittency etc. as well as human factors

like sex, age, health condition, occupational exposure etc. The background

noise levels within the mine and around it were recorded using sound meter

to establish the existing scenario.

3.11.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level

Noise standards have been designated for different types of land use, i.e.

residential, commercial, industrial and silence zones, as per ‘The Noise

Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by the Ministry of

Environment and Forests, New Delhi on February 14, 2000’. Different

standards have been stipulated during day time (6 am to 10 pm) and night

time (10 pm to 6 am).

The noise analysis within the study area was recorded using 4-20, sound

level meter. The analysis reveals that the noise’s well within the

permissible range.

The noise rating method as Leq i.e. equivalent sound pressure level has

been adopted for the measurement of noise level in various selected

sampling locations of this region. It is the energy means of the noise level

over a specified period and is expressed in terms of decibels. Methodology for

monitoring of noise levels is given in below table.

3.11.2 Noise Analysis within the study area

The location of Noise level monitoring is presented in below table.



TABLE 3.9: LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS

Station

Code. Station Name

Location with respect to Site

Distance (Km) Distance (Km)

Near Block No. 1 (Proposed Mining Block of Applied lease area)

N1 Near Binda (Block No. 1) Core zone Core zone

N6 Near Raipur 1.50 NNW

N7 Near Narsinghpura 2.50 SE

N8 Near Nayagaon 2.00 E

N12 Near Motipura 4.50 E


N2 Near Dhanodi (Block No,

2) Core zone Core zone

N3 Near Jhalarapatan (Block

No. 3) Core zone Core zone

N9 Near Mandwar 2.00 NE

N10 Near Jhalawar 1.00 W

N11 Near Jhalarapatan 1.00 W


N4 Near Rewa River –

Pipaliya (Block No. 4) Core zone Core zone

N5 Near Sangam Rewa River

(Block No. 5) Core zone Core zone

N13 Near Chittraur 3.00 W

N14 Near Ganeshpura 3.00 W

Refer Figure 3.7: Noise Monitoring & Traffic Density Station in the Study

Area



FIGURE 3.7: NOISE & TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING LOCATION MAP



FIGURE 3.8: NOISE MONITORING IN THE STUDY AREA



3.11.3 Noise Level Results

The noise monitoring within the study area was recorded using sound

level meter. Noise readings were taken at twenty five different locations

in the study area.

TABLE 3.10: NOISE LEVEL WITHIN THE STUDY AREA

(Unit – dBA)


Refer Annexure No. IX: Results of Noise Monitoring station in the study

area.

S.

No Location

Result Test Method

Day Night

1 Near Binda 51.1 43.1 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

2 Near Dhanodi 53.1 42.3 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

3 Near Jhalarapatan 51.1 39.9 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

4 Near Rewa River -

Pipaliya 51.1 41.2 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

5 Near Sangam Rewa

River 50.2 43.1 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

6 Near Raipur 50.3 42.5 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

7 Near Narsinghpura 50.1 41.2 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

8 Near Nayagaon 50.2 40.1 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

9 Near Mandawar 50.4 42.1 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

10 Near Jhalawar 50.2 41.2 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

11 Near Jhalarapatan 51.1 43.2 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

12 Near Motipura 51.3 44.5 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

13 Near Chittrapur 50.2 42.5 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002

14 Near Ganeshpura 54.1 43.2 IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002



TABLE 3.11: CPCB NOISE STANDERD

Category of Zones Leq in dB (A)

Day Night

Industrial 75 70

Commercial 65 55

Residential 55 45

Silence Zone 50 40

a. Day time is from 6.00 Am to 10.00PM.

b. Night time is reckoned between 10.00 PM to 6.00AM

c. Silence zone is defined as an area up to 100m around premises of

hospitals, educational institution and courts. Use of vehicle horn,

loudspeaker and bursting of crackers is banned in these zones.

Note: Mixed categories of areas be declared as one of the four above

mentioned categories by the competent Authority and the corresponding

standards shall apply.

3.11.4 Traffic density

Traffic density measurements were performed at two location at village

Suket (NH-12, Kota to Jhalawar) & Village Binda (SH -27, Jhalawar to

Ujjain). Locations of these stations are marked on the map. The

monitoring was performed in Jan., 2014. The traffic density of Month of

January is also collected from toll plaza (15km).

FIGURE 3.9: TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING IN THE STUDY AREA



Traffic density measurement were made continuously for 24 hours by

visual observation and counting of vehicles under three categories, viz.,

heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles and two/three wheelers. As

traffic densities on the roads are high, two skilled persons were

deployed simultaneously at each station during each shift- one person on

each of the two directions for counting the traffic. At the end of each

hour, fresh counting and recording was undertaken. Total numbers of

vehicles per hour under the three categories were determined. The results

of measurements are given in the summery in below table.

TABLE 3.12: TRAFFIC DENSITY

Traffic vehicle

No. of vehicles per day at

Suket

(NH-12, Kota to Jhalawar)

Binda

(SH -27, Jhalawar to Ujjain

Road)

H.M.V. 275 328

L.M.V. 355 453

2/3 wheelers 378 537

Grand Total 1008 1318

Refer Figure 3.5: Noise Monitoring & Traffic Density Station in the Study

Area

3.12 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Soil is defined as a thin layer of earth's crust which serves as a natural

medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter

that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental

factors, such as, parent material, climate organism and physiochemical

action of wind, water and sum light an acting over a long period of time.

Soil differs from the parent materials in the morphological, physical,

chemical and biological properties. Also soils differ among themselves in

some or all the properties depending on the differences in the gothic and



environmental factors. The soil samples were analyzed for physical and

chemical characteristics.

The soil characteristic include both physical and chemical details, the soil

survey was carried out by the M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. Udaipur &

M/s. Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd., Mohali, to assess the soil

characteristics of the area.

3.12.1 Methodology for Soil Monitoring

Soil samples from depth (0-15 cm) were collected from these villages area

for estimation of the physicochemical characteristics of soil. Air-dried and

Sieved samples have been used for determination of physical properties of

soil. Standard methods were followed for the analysis of soil samples.

3.12.2 Soil Sampling Location

Soil survey was carried out by Environmental Expert Team, while

conducting the studies for preparing the report for the main plant of the

applicant, by drawing samples from various locations in winter seasons

2013-14 and analyses the same for physical and chemical parameters.

TABLE 3.13: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No. Station

Code Location

Distance

(km)

Direction

1 S1 Near Jhalawar 1.0 W

2 S2 Near Jhalarapatan 1.0 W

3 S3 Near Morukheri 8.5 E

4 S4 Near Rajpura 7.0 NW

5 S5 Near Ruparel 0.7 E

6 S6 Near Basyheri 1.4 W

7 S7 Near Sunel 3.5 S

Refer Figure 3.10: Soil Sampling Location in the Study Area



FIGURE 3.10: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.11: SOIL SAMPLING IN THE STUDY AREA



3.12.3 Soil Analysis Results

Soil analysis was carried out and the results following below table.

TABLE 3.14: SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS

S.

N. Parameter unit

Near

Jhalawar

Near

Jhalara

patan

Near

Moru

kheri

Near

Rajpu

ra

Near

Rupar

el

Near

Basyher

i

Near

Sunel

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7

1 pH (1:2.5) -- 7.11 7.17 7.28 7.19 5.83 7.05 7.29

2 Texture -- Sandy clay

Sandy

loam

Sandy

clay

Sandy

clay

Sandy

loam

Sandy

clay

Sandy

clay

3 Color -- Grey

Light

brown

Light

brown Brown

Dark

grey

Dark

brown

Dark

brown

4 Water

holding

capacity

% 74.91 24.41 64.10 73.79 26.30 70.69 69.60

5 SAR -- <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <1 <1

6 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.19 1.59 1.9 1.65 1.68 1.6 1.5

7 Organic

Matter % 0.78 0.70 0.86 2.57 1.25 1.17 1.32

8 EC (1:2) mhos/cm 0.07 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.03

9 Permeability mm/hour 2.19 2.14 3.23 2.11 3.56 2.16 2.13


Refer Annexure No. X: Copy of Analysis Results of Soil Sample.

3.13 WATER ENVIRONMENT

In order to conduct EIA Studies, baseline data pertaining to water

environment of the existing project was carried out evaluating the basin

characteristics, drainage pattern, and hydrology.

3.13.1 Surface Water Quality

The project itself is a part of surface water body. The applied lease falls in

River Badi Kali Sindh, Ahu, Chandra Bhaga, Rewa Nadi & their

connected flow nallahs, near Village Bambori, Bavrikheri, Aroliya, Biriya

kheri khurd, Gindora, Jhalara-patan, Bakshpura, Bagdar, Mundalya

khera, Chand loi, Sagoriya, Rup pura, Kanwara, Kanwari, Samiya,

Gadari, Dhavli, Saranga khera, Narli, Binda, Jatamali, bhumari, Semli

bhawani, Chanvali, Gurariya, Asondiya, Khijarpur, Bhaumara, Soyat

kalan, Gugal heri, Gunjari, Achravan, Matwasa, Gadarwara nurji,



Barana, Ratanpura, Mori, Kans kheri, Kherkhera, Barodiya, Tehsil

Jhalrapatan, of District Jhalawar & Tehsil Ramganj Mandi, State

Rajasthan. Apart from said River Badi Kali Sindh, Ahu etc., the water is

not polluted and bears a lot of dissolved oxygen in it. The natural

treatment of the water current takes places for a considerable length from

the place of origin as the ultraviolet radiation due to sun is quite high in

the upper reaches. The applied lease area is free of industrial pollutants.

3.13.2 Ground Water Quality Assessment

The sources of potable water are the hand pumps, tub-wells & dug well in

the area. Samples were collected from the available water resources

around the applied mine lease area. The samples were collected & tested

from different sites.

The quality of ground water was studied by collecting water samples from

representative open dug wells, tube wells, Ponds & hand pumps. The

details of water quality sites are given in below table. The samples were

collected during winter season (Dec., 2013 to Feb., 2014).

The ground water table in this region between 40 and 45 mts. from the

the ground level.

FIGURE 3.12: SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF SITE

ELEVATION, ULTIMATE DEPTH & GROUND WATER

45.0 BGL (Pre monsoon)

40.0 BGL (Post monsoon) WATER TABLE

3.0meter ULTIMATE DEPTH

338mRL HIGHEST CONTOUR

Proposed working will not intersect Ground

water table.

LOWEST CONTOUR 299 mRL



3.13.3 Ground Water Monitoring Methodology

To evaluate the physico-chemical characteristics of the water resources

existing in the study area, water samples from surface and ground water

sources were collected during the winter season and characterized for

physico-chemical parameters. Water samples from ten ground water

source and seventeen surface water sources were characterized. There

samples were taken as grab sample and were analyzed for various

parameters and compared with standards IS: 10500. The locations of

water sampling stations have been shown in below table.

TABLE 3.15: GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS

IN THE STUDY AREA

Station Code Location Remarks

GW1 Near Binda Ground Water

GW2 Near Ruparel Ground Water

GW3 Near Basyheri Ground Water

GW4 Near Chittrapur Ground Water

GW5 Near Sunel Ground Water

GW6 Near Raipur Ground Water

GW7 Near Jhalarapatan Ground Water

GW8 Near Jhalawar Ground Water

GW9 Near Morukheri Ground Water

GW10 Near Soyat kallan Ground Water

SW1 Core Zone- n/v Nanor Surface Water

SW2 Core Zone- n/v Banor Surface Water

SW3 Core Zone- n/v Bhumera Surface Water

SW4 Core Zone- n/v Binda Surface Water

SW5 Core Zone- n/v Dhanodi Surface Water

SW6 Core Zone- n/v Phujalpura Surface Water

SW7 Core Zone- n/v Khokhanda Surface Water

SW8 Core Zone- n/v Kalamandi

Kallan Surface Water

SW9 Core Zone- n/v Sangam

Rewa River Surface Water

SW10 Core Zone- n/v Rewa River -

Pipaliya Surface Water

SW11 Core Zone - n/v Gundi Surface Water

SW12 Core Zone - n/v Kanwara Surface Water

SW13 Near Khairabad Surface Water

SW14 Near Ramnivas Surface Water

SW15 Gomti sagar dam

Jhalarapatan Surface Water

SW16 Khondia Pond Jhalawar Surface Water



SW17 Dhabairya - Ujar River Surface Water

Refer Figure 3.13: Ground & Surface Water Sampling Station in the study

area.



FIGURE 3.13: GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.14: GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING IN THE

STUDY AREA



3.13.4 Analysis Report of Water Quality

The quality of ground water was studied by collecting seventeen water samples from representative hand pump and wells.

The physico-chemical characteristics of ground water samples presented in below table.

TABLE 3.16: ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND WATER

S.

No. Parameter Unit

Near

Binda

Near

Ruparel

Near

Basyheri

Near

Chittrpur

Near

Sunel

Near

Raipur

Near

Jhalrapatan

Near

Jhalawar

Near

Morukheri

Near

Soyat

Kallan

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9 GW10

1 pH value -- 7.94 7.69 6.69 7.34 7.36 7.27 6.67 7.41 7.95 8.85

2 Color -- <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

3 Turbidity NTU <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

4 Odor -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5

Total

Hardness

(as CaCO3)

mg/l 225.4 652.8 212.5 980.5 1036.8 514.6 243.2 471.0 412.2 550.4

6 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.14 BDL 0.19 .61 0.28 BDL 0.56 BDL 0.21 BDL

7 Chlorides

(as Cl) mg/l 25.3 1056.7 14.9 580.0 287.1 114.9 71.2 153.9 14.9 80.4

8 Sulphate

(So4) mg/l 34.3 39.9 14.3 243.8 241.3 9.9 15.7 12.8 40.7 18.6

9 Dissolved

solids mg/l 620 1950 410 3640 1760 550 330 1610 660 1100

10 Electrical

Conductivity μmhos/cm 1100 3450 715 6900 3100 860 510 2830 1140 1710

11 Alkanity mg/l 96 324 80 480 222 344 222 292 300 330

12 Nitrate (as

NO3) mg/l 13.67 16.84 2.33 12.96 13.67 25.92 1.71 3.55 24.29 16.33

13 Fluoride (as

F) mg/l 0.44 0.25 0.26 0.35 0.23 0.28 0.26 0.31 0.33 0.23

14 Cyanide (as

CN) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL



15 Copper (as

Cu) mg/l 0.04 BDL BDL BDL 0.04 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

16 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l BDL 0.3 0.7 BDL 0.4 BDL BDL 0.4 BDL BDL

17 Lead (as

Pb) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

18

Phenolic

compounds

(as

C6H5OH)

mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

19 Cadmium

(as Cd) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

20

Total

Arsenic (as

As)


21 Chromium

(as Cr) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

22 Coliforms MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 2 Absent 2 Absent

23 E.coli/100ml -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent


Refer Annexure No. XI: Copy of Analysis Results of Ground Water Sample.

A review of the above chemical analysis that there is some variation in chemical composition of water tapped from

different open wells, tube wells and hand pumps, but the ground water from all sources remains suitable for drinking

purposes as all the constituents are within the limits prescribed for drinking water standards promulgated by Indian

standard.



3.13.5 Analysis Report of Surface Water Quality

The quality of surface water was studied by collecting seventeen water samples from représentative River, Ponds. The

physico-chemical characterstics of surface water samples presented in bellow table.

TABLE 3.17: ANALYSIS RESULTS OF SURFACE WATER

S.

No. Parameter Unit

Core

zone-

n/v

Nanor

Core

zone- n/v

Banor

Core zone-

n/v

Bhumera

Core

zone-

n/v

Binda

Core

zone- n/v

Dhanodi

Core zone-

n/v

Phujalpura

Core zone-

n/v

Khokhanda

Core zone-

n/v

Kalamandi

Kallan

Core

Zone- n/v

Sangam

Rewa

River

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9

1 pH value -- 7.4 7.80 7.52 7.68 7.48 7.77 7.71 7.52 7.49

2 BOD (3 days

27°C) mg/l <3 <3 <5 <3 <5 <3 <5 <3 <3

3 COD mg/l 4 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 4

4 DO mg/l 6.1 5.8 5.6 6.0 5.5 6.1 5.2 5.9 6.1

5 Free Ammonia

(as N) mg/l BDL 0.28 0.27 0.29 0.35 0.32 0.32 0.28 0.30

6 Electrical

Conductivity μmhos/cm 864 5.8 928 736 908 854 1024 972 835

7 Boron mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

8 SAR % <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

9 Total Solids mg/l 480 566 539 431 518 474 606 543 466

10 Total suspended

solids mg/l 10 16 29 21 28 14 6 13 16

11 Total dissolved

solids mg/l 470 550 510 410 510 460 580 530 450

12 Total coliforms MPN/100ml 17 12 23 22 11 14 24 20 26



S.

No. Parameter Unit

Core Zone-

n/v Rewa

River -

Pipaliya

Core

Zone -

n/v

Gundi

Core Zone

- n/v

Kanwara

Near

Khairabad

Near

Ramnivas

Gomti sagar

dam

Jhalarapatan

Khondia

pond

Jhalawar

Dhabariya

– Ujar

River

SW10 SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 SW15 SW16 SW17

1 pH value -- 7.72 7.49 7.64 7.38 7.62 7.71 7.56 7.64

2 BOD (3 days

27°C) mg/l <3 <3 <5 <5 <5 <3 <3 <3

3 COD mg/l 4 4 8 8 8 4 4 4

4 DO mg/l 5.9 6.1 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.8 5.9 6

5 Free Ammonia

(as N) mg/l 0.30 0.36 0.31 0.28 0.27 0.36 0.26 0.34

6 Electrical

Conductivity μmhos/cm 5.9 788 824 988 980 880 1028 884

7 Boron mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

8 SAR % <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

9 Total Solids mg/l 588 473 461 567 576 504 614 491

10 Total suspended

solids mg/l 18 23 31 27 26 24 14 11

11 Total dissolved

solids mg/l 570 450 430 540 550 480 600 480

12 Total coliforms MPN/100ml 27 13 27 22 21 15 17 21


Refer Annexure No. XII: Copy of Analysis Results of Surface Water Sample.



3.14 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.14.1 Biological Aspects:

The basic purpose to exploring the biological environment under Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) is to assist in the decision making process and to

ensure that the project options under consideration are bio-environmental-

friendly. EIA identifies ways of improving project environmentally by

preventing, minimizing, mitigating or compensating for adverse impacts before

exploration and development phase. The present study on the floral assessment

of the proposed project is based on field survey of the area supported by

secondary data from various governmental and non-governmental sources.

Objective of the study

The objectives of this study were as follows:

1. To conduct detail study for floral/ faunal/ avifaunal elements in the

study area of proposed project site.

2. To assess scheduled species in the proposed site. (Rare, endangered,

critically endangered, endemic and vulnerable).

3. To identify locations and features of ecological significance

4. To collect Baseline data for the study area along with a description of

the existing terrestrial, wetland and aquatic vegetation.

5. To identify Impact of proposed project before exploration and during

development phase on the biological environment

3.14.2 Activities undertaken during the study

1. Flora survey

- Identification and documentation of Tree, shrub, herb, climber

and grass species

- Analysis of scheduled taxa of the proposed site

2. Fauna survey



- Identification and Documentation of Avian, Reptilian,

Amphibian, Mammal and other faunal diversity

- Observations by direct and indirect evidences

- Analysis of Scheduled species

3. Study of Habitat/microhabitat for the faunal elements in the project site

and surrounding areas within 10 km range from the site.

4. Photo documentation for flora and fauna (E – herbarium for flora)

Study area

The proposed project is River Bed mining of ordinary sand (Bajri) in River Badi

Kali Sindh, Chandra Bhaga Nadi, Au or Ahu River & Rewa nadi & their

Connected Flow Nallahs. The core area for the purpose comprises applied

mining lease area of 1695.06 Hect. Applied Lease area is situated in Tehsil –

Jhalarapatan of District Jhalawar and Tehsil Ramganj Mandi of District Kota,

Rajasthan.

The proposed site is present at Villages Bambori, Bavrikheri, Aroliya, Biriya

kheri khurd, Gindora, Jhalara-patan, Bakshpura,Bagdar, Mundalya khera,

Chand loi,Sagoriya,Rup pura, Kanwara, Kanwari, Samiya,Gadari, Dhavli,

Saranga khera, Narli, Binda, Jatamali, bhumari, Semli bhawani,Chanvali,

Gurariya, Asondiya, Khijarpur, Bhaumara, Soyat kalan, Gugal heri, Gunjari,

Achravan,Matwasa, Gadarwara nurji, Barana, Ratanpura, Mori, Kans

kheri,Kherkhera and Barodiya of Jhalarapatan and Ramganj Mandi Tehsil of

District Jhalawar & Kota, Rajasthan respectively.

Average annual rainfall of the district is 883.0 mm. The western part of the

district has lesser rains than the eastern part. The climate of the district is dry

except S-W monsoon season. The cold season is from December to February and



is followed by summer from March to June. From mid of September to end of

November constitute post monsoon season.

The study area is dominated by agricultural fields followed by sparse vegetation

in between. 10 km buffer area was taken for the present biodiversity study from

the project boundary. The study was under taken during winter season, 2013-

14.

TABLE 3.18: LIST OF SAMPLING LOCATION SELECTED FOR STUDY OF

BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

S. No. Station

Code EB Study Location

Distance

(km) Direction

1 EB1 Near Nanor 2.0 E

2 EB2 Near Banor 0.5 N

3 EB3 Near Kundikhera 8.5 SE

4 EB4 Near Morukheri 8.5 E

5 EB5 Near Bhumera 0.5 E

6 EB6 Near Binda 1.5 W

7 EB7 Near Ruparel 0.9 E

8 EB8 Near Jhalawar 2.0 W

9 EB9 Near Khokhanda 0.8 SE

10 EB10 Near Nimana 8.3 NW

11 EB11 Near Ramganj Mandi 10.0 W

12 EB12 Near Chhatrapur 3.0 W

13 EB13 Near Sunel 3.5 S

14 EB14 Near Kanwara 0.3 E

15 EB15 Near Pirawa 5.0 S

16 EB16 Near Rajpura 8.5 NW

17 EB17 Near Unhel 8.0 SSE

18 EB18 Near Magsipur 9.0 W

19 EB19 Near Deewalkhera 1.0 NW

20 EB20 Near Semli 0.2 W

Refer Figure 3.15: Ecological Biodiversity Sampling Station in the study area.



FIGURE 3.15: ECOLOGICAL BIODIVERSITY SAMPLING STATION IN THE STUDY AREA



3.14.3 Survey methodology

Flora

The present study on the floral assessment for the proposed project activity is

based on extensive field survey of the area. The study has been conducted in

winter season. The plant species were identified during floral survey and with

the help of nearby institutions / University and by secondary sources. Besides

the collection of plant species, information was also collected with vernacular

names of plant species made by local inhabitants. In this process the whole

study area was divided into different sections to get the maximum diversity of

plant species. The sampling sites were selected based on land use pattern,

topography and floristic composition of the study area. Data on forest type, legal

status and their extent in the study area has been collected from forest

department. The other relevant data on biodiversity, economically important

plant species and medicinal plant, rare and endangered species in the study

area have been collected during site visit and from different secondary sources.

Fauna

The study of fauna takes substantial amount of time to understand the specific

faunal characteristics of the area. The assessment of fauna has been done by

extensive field survey of the area. During survey, Line Transect method was

used for the study of mammals and Transact & Patch sampling was used for

Amphibians. In addition the following sources were also used during survey.

Sighting during ecological studies

Animal call

Foot mark and excreta

During survey, the presence of wildlife was also confirmed from the local

inhabitants depending on the animal sightings and the frequency of their visits

in the project area which was later confirmed from different government offices

like forest department, wildlife department etc.



Avifauna

During Birds survey actual counts of birds were made following the standard

survey technique. Observations were made during a walk through in the chosen

transect for sighting birds. The number of birds observed in each sampling

location was directly counted and listing was made. Birds were noted, counted

and identified with the help of 8X40 “Optima Zenith” binocular and standard

field identification guides.

Forest and forest types in the study area

The vegetation of the study area can be classified into dry deciduous forest type

and Mixed miscellaneous forests in accordance with “Survey of Forest Types of

India” by Champion and Seth (1968)

Tropical dry deciduous forests

These forests are found in areas having temperature of 25-32oC and annual

rainfall of 75-125 cm along with a dry season of about six months. Chief

characteristic feature of the forests is open canopy of small (10-15 m high) trees

and abundance of shrubs.

Dominant species of the forests are anogeissus, Terminalia, Buchnnania,

Emblica, Madhuca, Acacia, Aegle, Diospyros, Bauhinia, Zyzyphus,

Dendrocalamus, Adina, Grewia, Adathoda and Helicteres Tectona grandis,

Dalbergia. Subdominant species in these forests are Bambusa, Lantana and

grasses like Panicum, Andropogon and Heteropogon.

Mixed Miscellaneous Forests

These forests are mostly found in south eastern and eastern part of Rajasthan

comprising Chittorgarh, Kota, Udaipur, Sirohi, Banswara, Dungarpur, Baran

and Jhalawar Districts.



These Forests mainly have Anogeissus pendula, Anogeissus latifolia, Terminalia

tomentosa, Terminalia Arjuna, Terminalia chebula, Albizia lebbeck, Dalbergia

paniculata etc. and its associates.

Floral investigation

Core zone

The proposed project is River Bed mining of ordinary sand (Bajri) in River Badi

Kali Sindh, Chandra Bhaga Nadi, Au or Ahu River & Rewa nadi & their

Connected Flow Nallahs. The core area for the purpose comprises applied

mining lease area of 1695.06 Hector. Very few plants were observed in the

applied lease area as most of the applied lease area is covered either with sand

or water. Some herb and shrub species observed in the core zone are Argemone

Mexicana, Calotropis procera, Ipomoea fistulosa, Lantana camara, Cassia tora,

Datura inoxia, Parthenium hysterophorus and Tribulus terrestris etc.

The peripheral areas of the applied mine lease have some good patches of

vegetation. The dominant plant species observed during the survey are Acacia

leucophloea, Acacia nilotica, Ailanthus excels, Albizia lebbeck, Azadirachta

indica, Bombax ceiba, Dalbergia sissoo, Mangifera indica, Prosopis juliflora,

Tamarindus indica, Ziziphus mauritiana etc.



FIGURE 3.16: VEGETATION OBSERVED NEAR APPLIED LEASE AREA



FIGURE 3.17: VEGETATION OBSERVED IN THE STUDY AREA

Buffer zone (10 km from the boundary of applied mine lease area)

The structure and composition of vegetation in the buffer zone was studied by

visual observations during the site visit. The buffer zone of the study area (10

km radius from the boundary of the proposed site) was taken for the study of



plant diversity. The information was collected by visual observations and

discussion with the village people.

The study area is dominated by open sparse vegetation with patches of dense

vegetation at some places and along with the agricultural fields. The tree

species observed in the buffer zone Azadirachta indica, Bauhinia racemosa,

Bombax ceiba, Cassia fistula, Dalbergia sissoo, Ficus religiosa, Mangifera

indica, Moringa oleifera, Pithecellobium dulce, Polyalthia longifolia, Acacia

nilotica, Aegle marmelos, Ailanthus excels, Albizia lebbeck, Albizia procera,

Anogeissus latifolia, Emblica officinalis, Ficus benghalensis, Ficus racemosa,

Pongamia pinnata, Prosopis juliflora, Syzygium cumini, Tamarindus indica,

Tectona grandis, Ziziphus mauritiana, Zizyphus xylopyra etc.

Some herb and Shrub species observed in the buffer zone are Adhatoda vasica,

Annona squamosa, Agave Americana, Aloe vera, Cassia tora, Datura inoxia,

Parthenium hysterophorus, Sida acuta, Achyranthes aspera, Lantana camara,

Nyctanthes arbor-tristis, Tephrosia purpurea, Tribulus terrestris Aerva

javanica, Solanum nigrum, Argemone Mexicana, Calotropis gigantean,

Calotropis procera, Ipomoea fistulosa, Jatropha curcas, and Tridax procumbens

etc. List of plant species recorded in the study area of proposed project site is

presented in below table.

TABLE 3.19: LIST OF PLANT SPECIES RECORDED IN STUDY AREA

S. No. Botanical Name Common Name Family

Trees

1. Acacia leucophloea Harmo Fabaceae

2. Acacia nilotica Desibaval Fabaceae

3. Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae

4. Ailanthus excels Arduso Simaroubaceae

5. Albizia lebbeck Siras Fabaceae




6. Albizia procera Kala Siras Fabaceae

7. Anogeissus latifolia Dhavdo Combretaceae

8. Azadirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae

9. Bauhinia racemosa Asitaro Fabaceae

10. Bombax ceiba Simlo Bombacaceae

11. Boswellia serrata Haledi, Salai Burseraceae

12. Cassia fistula Garmalo Caesalpiniaceae

13. Cassia siamea Kesia Fabaceae

14. Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Fabaceae

15. Emblica officinalis Amla Euphorbiaceae

16. Ficus benghalensis Vad Moraceae

17. Ficus racemosa Umro Moraceae

18. Ficus religiosa Piplo Moraceae

19. Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae

20. Melia azedarach Bakayan Meliaceae

21. Moringa oleifera Mithosaragavo Moringaceae

22. Phoenix sylvestris Khajur Arecaceae

23. Pithecellobium dulce Jungle jalebi Fabaceae

24. Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae

25. Pongamia pinnata Karanj, Kanji Fabaceae

26. Prosopis cineraria Khijdo Fabaceae

27. Prosopis juliflora Gando baval Fabaceae

28. Pterocarpus

marsupium Biyo Fabaceae

29. Syzygium cumini Jambu Myrtaceae

30. Tamarindus indica Khati Amli Fabaceae

31. Tectona grandis Sag Verbenaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fabaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meliaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arecaceae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Annonaceae




32. Wrightia tinctoria Dhudhio Apocynaceae

33. Ziziphus mauritiana Bor Rhamnaceae

34. Zizyphus xylopyra Ghatbor Rhamnaceae

Shrubs

35. Adhatoda vasica Adulsa Acanthaceae

36. Annona squamosa Sitafal Annonaceae

37. Argemone Mexicana Pila Dhatura Papaveraceae

38. Balanites aegyptiaca Hingot Zygophyllaceae

39. Calotropis gigantean Shivark, Akdo Apocynaceae

40. Calotropis procera Mudar Asclepiadaceae

41. Helicteres isora Marodfali, Atedi Sterculiaceae

42. Ipomoea fistulosa Beshram Convolvulaceae

43. Jatropha curcas Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae

44. Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae

45. Nyctanthes arbor-

tristis Tamat, Harsingar Oleaceae

46. Ocimum

gratissimum Vantulsi Lamiaceae

47. Opuntia dillenii Opuntia Cactaceae

48. Sida acuta Chikan Malvaceae

Herbs

49. Acanthospermum

hispidum Kanti Asteraceae

50. Achyranthes aspera Unga, Keora Amaranthaceae

51. Aerva javanica Bui Amaranthaceae

52. Agave Americana Ram Baas Agavaceae

53. Aloe vera Gwarpatha Liliaceae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Papaveraceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zygophyllaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apocynaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asclepiadaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Convolvulaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oleaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamiaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asteraceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amaranthaceae





54. Cassia tora Puwad, Panwar Fabaceae

55. Datura inoxia Dhatura Solanaceae

56. Parthenium

hysterophorus Gajar Ghaas Asteraceae

57. Solanum nigrum Chirpoti Solanaceae

58. Tephrosia purpurea Sarpankha Fabaceae

59. Tribulus terrestris Gokharu Zygophyllaceae

60. Tridax procumbens Kumru Asteraceae

Climbers

61. Abrus precatorius Chirmi Fabaceae

62. Asparagus

racemosus Shatavari Asparagaceae

63. Cuscuta reflexa Amarbel Convolvulaceae

Grass

64. Cymbopogon martini Lemon grass Poaceae

65. Cynodon dactylon Dub Poaceae

66. Digitaria sp. Crabgrass Poaceae

Source: Survey team in consultation with concern state forest officials and

local people

3.14.4 Medicinal plants

India is rich in natural resources and traditional knowledge for the conservation

of nature. The traditional use of plant in medicine is from ancient time to this

day all over the world. The herbal plants are very popular because they have

fewer side effects, and better patient compliance. The protection and

conservation of medicinal plant diversity against over exploitation by domestic

and foreign commercial interest without benefits accruing to the nation are

clearly our priorities.


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solanaceae






http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asparagaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Cuscuta_reflexa&action=edit&redlink=1




The plants observed in the study area having some medicinal properties are

Abrus precatorius, Acacia nilotica, Adhatoda vasica, Aegle marmelos, Albizia

procera, Aloe vera, Azadirachta indica, Butea monosperma, Calotropis procera,

Dalbergia latifolia, Dendrocalamus strictus, Emblica officinalis, Ficus religiosa,

Ficus bengalensis, Mangifera indica, Melia azadirach, Moringa oleifera, Tridax

procumbens, Sida acuta, Tamarindus indica, Terminalia bellerica, Vitex

Negundo. List of medicinal plant species recorded in the study area of proposed

project site is presented in below table.

TABLE 3.20: LIST OF MEDICINAL PLANTS SPECIES RECORDED IN

STUDY AREA

Sr.

No

Botanical

Name

Common

Name Family Medicinal Use

1. Abrus precatorius

Chirmi Fabaceae Uterine stimulant,

abortifacient, toxic.

2. Acacia nilotica

Babul Fabaceae Demulcent

3. 3. Adhatoda vasica

Adulsa Acanthaceae Expectorant, antispasmodic,

febrifuge

4. Aegle marmelos

Bel Rutaceae Stomachic, antimicrobial

(specific for diarrhoea,

colitis, dysentery and enteric

infections), digestive,

astringent, spasmolytic,

hypo-glycaemic

5. Albizia procera

Kala Siras Mimosaceae Anti-allergic

6. Aloe vera Gwarpatha Liliaceae Purgative, Gel—topically

emollient, anti-

inflammatory, antimicrobial

(used for wound healing,

sunburn)

7. Azadirachta indica

Neem Meliaceae Fever, Skin diseases

8. Butea monosperma

Palash Fabaceae Liver disorders

9. Calotropis procera

Mudar Asclepiadacea

e

Bronchial asthma, Leaves—

used for treating chronic





Sr.

No

Botanical

Name

Common


cases of dyspepsia,

flatulence, constipation and

mucus in stool

10. Cassia fistula

Amaltas Fabaceae Purgative, Febrifugal,

Astringent,Antibilious

11. Cordia dichotoma

Gundo Boraginaceae Astringent, Demulcent,

Expectorant, Diuretic,

Anthelmintic

12. Crotalaria juncea

Indian Hemp Fabaceae Leaf--Demulcent, Purgative,

Emetic, Emmenagogue,

Abortifacient

13. Dalbergia latifolia

Sisam Fabaceae Stimulant, Appetiser,

Anthelmintic, Spasmogenic

14. Dendrocalamus strictus

Manvel Poaceae Retained placenta

15. Emblica officinalis

Aamla Euphorbiaceae Antianaemic, Anabolic,

Antiemetic, Bechic,

Astringent,

Antihaemorrhagic,

Antidiarrhoeal, Diuretic,

Antidiabetic, Carminative,

Antioxidant

16. Eucalyptus sp.

Nilgiri Myrtaceae Antiseptic, antibiotic,

antiviral, Antifungal,

antispasmodic

17. Ficus religiosa

Peepal Moraceae Astringent, Antiseptic,

Alterative, laxative,

Haemostatic

18. Ficus bengalensis

Bargad Moraceae Diabetes, Dysentery

19. Jatropha curcas

Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae Used for Scabies, Ringworm,

Eczema, Whitlow, Warts,

Syphilis

20. Madhuca indica

Mahua Sapotaceae Stimulant, Demulcent,

Laxative, Anthelmintic,

Bechic

21. Mangifera indica

Aam Anacardiaceae Astringent, Antiscorbutic

22. Melia azadirach

Neem Meliaceae Diuretic, Anthelmintic,

Antilithic

23. Moringa Mithosaragav Moringaceae Cardiac and circulatory



Sr.

No

Botanical

Name

Common


oleifera o stimulant

24. Nyctanthes arbor-tristis

Tamat,

Harsingar

Oleaceae Febrifuge, Anti-

inflammatory,Antispasmodic

, Hypotensive, Respiratory

stimulant. Used for fevers,

Rheumatism, Obstinate

sciatica

25. Pithecellobium dulce

Jungle jalebi Fabaceae Astringent, Febrifuge,

Antidysenteric

26. Polyalthia longifolia

Ashoka Annonaceae Febrifuge, Causes cardiac

depression

27. Tridax procumbens

Kumru Asteraceae Styptic, Antidiarrhoeal,

Antidysenteric

28. Sida acuta Chikan Malvaceae Astringent, Cooling,

Stomachic, Febrifuge,

Diuretic; used for nervous

and sexual debility,

Haemorrhoids, Biliary

disorders

29. Syzygium cumini

Jamun Myrtaceae Acute diarrhea

30. Tamarindus indica

Imli Fabaceae Cooling, Digestive,

Carminative, laxative,

Antiscorbutic

31. Tectona grandis

Sagaun Verbenaceae Expectorant, Anti-

inflammatory,

Antibilious, Anthelmintic

32. Terminalia arjuna

Arjun Combretaceae Cardioprotective and

Cardiotonic

33. Terminalia bellerica

Behada Combretaceae Purgative, Astringent

34. Vitex Negundo

Nirgudi Verbenaceae Anti-inflammatory,

Analgesic;

removes foetid discharges

and

worms from ulcers


local people







3.14.5 Faunal Investigation

Mammals

Faunal assessment provides a basis for determining relative abundance and

rarity of each species which is important for assessing the diversity of fauna of a

particular area. Since animals are capable of movements from one place to

another, this makes their study entirely different. Different animals prefer

different types of habitat for food and shelter.

During faunal survey species like three striped palm squirrel (Funambulus

palmarum), Hanuman langur (Semnopithecus entellus) and Indian gray

mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), are observed in core and buffer zone.

FIGURE 3.18: FIELD SURVEY DURING SITE VISIT



During public consultation, it was documented that species like Nilgai or

Blue bull (Boselaphus tragocamelus), Indian wild boar (Sus scrofa), Jungle

cat (Felis chaus) and Striped Hyena (Hyaena hyaena) are occasionally

observed near study area.

FIGURE 3.19: PUBLIC CONSULTATION



The vegetation and moist areas in and around the applied lease area are ideal

habitat for reptiles and amphibians. During survey species like Garden Lizard

(Calotes versicolor), Rock gaeko (Hemidactylus maculates) and Skink (Mabuya

bibroni) were observed in different sampling locations. Common Indian krait

(Dendrelaphis ahaetulla), Common Rat Snake (Ptyas mucosus), Russell’s viper

(Vipera russelli) are generally observed in the study area as narrated by local

people. List of fauna, Reptiles and Amphibians recorded in the study area of

proposed project site is presented in below table.

TABLE 3.21: LIST OF FAUNAL SPECIES RECORDED IN STUDY AREA

Sr.

No.

Scientific

Name

Common

Name Family

Status in

Wildlife

Protectio

n Act-

1972

Status in

IUCN

Category

1. Boselaphus tragocamelus

Nilgai Bovidae Schedule

III

Least Concern

2. Canis aureus Jackal Canidae Schedule

III

Least Concern

3. Funambulus pennanti

Five Striped

Palm

Sciuridae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bovidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sciuridae



Sr.

No.

Scientific

Name

Common

Name Family

Status in

Wildlife

Protectio

n Act-

1972

Status in

IUCN

Category

Squirrel

4. Herpestes edwardsi

Mangoose Herpestidae Schedule

II

Least Concern

5. Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Leporidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

6. Hanuman

langur

Semnopithec

us entellus

Cercopithecida

e

Schedule

II

Least Concern

7. Rattus rattus Black Rat Muridae Schedule V Least Concern

8. Rousettus leschenaulti

Chamgadar Pteropodidae Schedule V Least Concern

9. Sus scrofa Wild boar Suidae Schedule

III

Least Concern

10. Stripped

Hyaena

Hyaena

hyaena

Hyaenidae Schedule

III

Near

threatened

Source: Survey team in consultation with concern state forest officials and local

people

TABLE 3.22: LIST OF REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS SPECIES RECORDED

IN STUDY AREA

Sr.

No. Scientific Name

Common

Name Family

Schedule

as per

WPA 1972

Status as per

IUCN

category

1. Bufo bufo Toad Bufonidae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

2. Ptyas mucosus Common Rat

Snake

Colubridae Schedule

II

Not Evaluated

3. Vipera russelli Russell’s

Viper

Viperidae Schedule

IV Not Evaluated

4. Hemidactylus brooki gray

House lizard Gekkonidae Not

Enlisted

Not Evaluated

5. Hemidactylus maculates

Rock gaeko Gekkonidae Not

Enlisted

Not Evaluated

6. Colotes versicolor

Garden

gaeko

Gekkonidae Not

Enlisted

Not Evaluated

7. Mabuya bibroni Skink Sciencidae Not Not Evaluated

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Herpestidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leporidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cercopithecidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muridae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colubridae



Enlisted

8. Dendrelaphis ahaetulla

Common

Indian krait

Colubridae Schedule

IV Not Evaluated


local people

3.14.6 Avifauna

Diversity of avifauna is one of the most important ecological indicators to

evaluate the quality of habitats. Now-a-days, avifaunal diversity has been

decreasing due to the destruction of natural habitats and human disturbances.

Random destruction of natural habitats by cutting nesting trees and foraging

plants for commercial use of woods and lands are the main factor responsible for

narrow down in avian foraging habitat and their nesting sites. Thus, many

species of birds may be forced to inhabit in the urban areas and constrain them

to breed there. Birds are essential animal group of an ecosystem and maintain a

trophic level. Therefore, detail study on avifauna and their ecology is important

to protect them.

The species observed in the applied lease area are Cattle egret (Bubulcus ibis),

Yellow Wagtail (Motacilla flava), Indian Pond Heron (Ardeola grayii), White

Wagtail (Motacilla alba), Indian Roller (Coracias benghalensis), Little Egret

(Egretta garzetta) etc.

Different species were observed during field survey in the study area are House

sparrow (Passer domesticus), Common Babbler (Turdoides caudate), Hoopoe

(Upupa epops), Red-Wattled Lapwing (Vanellus indicus), Yellow-

Wattled Lapwing (Vanellus malabaricus)Indian myna (Acridotheres tristis),

House crow (Corvus splendens), Blue rock pigeon (Columba livia), Indian robbin

(Saxicoloides fulicatus), Red vented bulbul (Pycnonotus cafer), Black drongo

(Dicrurus macrocercus), Spotted dove (Spilopelia chinensis), Little green bee



eater (Merops orientalis) and Black headed myna (Sturnus pagodarum) etc. List

of birds observed in the study area are presented in below table.

TABLE 3.23: LIST OF BIRD SPECIES RECORDED IN STUDY AREA

Sr.

No. Scientific Name

Common

Name Family

Schedule

as per

WPA 1972

Status as per

IUCN

category

1. Acridotheres ginginianus

Bank Myna Sturnidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

2. Acridotheres tristis

Common

Myna

Sturnidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

3. Alcedo atthis Small Blue

Kingfisher

Alcedinidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

4. Ardeola grayii Indian Pond

Heron

Ardeidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

5. Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

6. Cinnyris asiaticus

Purple

Sunbird

Nectariniidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

7. Columba livia Blue Rock

Pigeon

Columbidae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

8. Copsychus saularis

Magpie

Robin

Muscicapidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

9. Coracias benghalensis

Indian Roller Coraciidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

10. Corvus macrorhynchos

Jungle Crow Corvidae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

11. Corvus splendens

House Crow Corvidae Schedule V Least Concern

12. Dendrocitta vagabunda

Rufous

Treepie

Corvidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

13. Dicrurus adsimilis

Fork-tailed

Drongo

Dicruridae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

14. Egretta garzetta Little Egret Ardeidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

15. Elanus axillaris Black-

Shouldered

Kite

Accipitridae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

16. Eudynamys scolopaceus

Koel Cuculidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

17. Halcyon smyrnensis

White

Breasted

Halcyonidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sturnidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/River_kingfishers

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ardeidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heron

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nectariniidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dove

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muscicapidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coraciidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Corvidae




http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cuculidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halcyonidae



Kingfisher

18. Lanius excubitor Grey Shrike Laniidae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

19. Merops orientalis

Small Green

Bee Eater

Meropidae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

20. Motacilla flava Yellow

Wagtail

Motacillidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

21. Oriolus oriolus Golden

Oriole

Oriolidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

22. Passer domesticus

House

Sparrow

Passeridae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

23. Pavo cristatus Common

Peafowl

Phasianidae Schedule I Least Concern

24. Ploceus philippinus

Baya Weaver Ploceidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

25. Psittacula cyanocephala

Plum-headed

Parakeet

Psittaculidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

26. Psittacula krameri

Rose Ringed

Parakeet


IV

Least Concern

27. Pycnonotus cafer

Red Vented

Bulbul

Pycnonotidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

28. Saxicoloides fulicatus

Indian Robin Muscicapidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

29. Streptopelia chinensis

Spotted Dove Columbidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

30. Sturnus pagodarum

Brahminy

myna

Sturnidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

31. Sturnus roseus Rosy

Starling

Sturnidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

32. Tadorna ferruginea

Brahminy

Duck

Anatidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

33. Terpsiphone paradisi

Asian

Paradise

Flycatcher

Monarchidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

34. Treron phoenicoptera

Common

Green Pigeon

Columbidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

35. Turdoides caudate

Common

Babbler

Timaliidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

36. Turdoides striata

Jungle

Babbler

Timaliidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern


local people

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laniidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meropidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Motacillidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oriolidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sparrow

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phasianidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ploceidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Psittaculidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulbul


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Columbidae



http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anatidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monarchidae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timaliidae




Refer Annexure No. XIII: Copy of Aunthenticated List of Flora & Fauna.

3.14.7 Aquatic Ecology Study

Sampling Sites

For the study of aquatic ecology total 17 sampling locations were identified. All

the seventeen samples were collected from surface water-bodies including

Rivers, Dam and ponds. Out of the 17 samples, 13 samples were collected from

River and 4 samples from Dam and ponds. The river samples were collected

from core zone of the study area except sample number 17, which is collected

from buffer area. The details of sampling locations are presented in below table.

TABLE 3.24: LIST OF SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR AQUATIC STUDY

(SURFACE WATER)

Sr. No Sampling Location

1 Core Zone- n/v Nanor

2 Core Zone- n/v Banor

3 Core Zone- n/v Bhumera

4 Core Zone- n/v Binda

5 Core Zone- n/v Dhanodi

6 Core Zone- n/v Phujalpura

7 Core Zone- n/v Khokhanda

8 Core Zone- n/v Kalamandi Kallan

9 Core Zone- n/v Sangam Rewa River

10 Core Zone- n/v Rewa River – Pipaliya

11 Core Zone - n/v Gundi

12 Core Zone - n/v Kanwara

13 Near Khairabad

14 Near Ramnivas

15 Gomti sagar Dam, Jhalarpatan

16 Khondia Pond, Jhalawar

17 Dhabairya - Ujar River

Refer Figure 3.13: Ground & Surface Water Sampling Station in the study area.



Methodology

Sample Collection and preservation

The water samples were collected from 17 different locations out of which 13 are

river samples including upstream and downstream locations and 4 are lake

samples. The samples were collected in the month of December 2013 for winter

season.

The samples were collected from 10 cm depth below the water surface.

Polythene bottles of different capacity were used for collection of water samples.

All sampling bottles were soaked in 10% Nitric acid solution for 24 hrs and then

rinsed with distilled water before use. The samples were subjected to

phytoplankton and zooplankton analysis using following techniques.

Phytoplankton Analysis

The Lackey Drop (micro-transect) Count Method (Lackey, 1938; Edmonson,

1969) is used for obtaining counts of phytoplankton. Organisms are counted

under microscope in strips on slide from a drop of centrifuged, decanted and

concentrated volume of sample and number of individuals of each organism is

counted under microscope (45x magnifications). The number is expressed per ml

of the sample.

Zooplankton Analysis

Zooplankton density is always lesser than phytoplankton density; therefore

around 20-50 L of water is passed through plankton net (mesh size 50 m) to

concentrate zooplankton. The entire water is centrifuged, decanted and

concentrated to make 1 ml volume for observation in S-R (Sedgwick-Rafter)

counting cell. The zooplankton is counted in 10x magnification. Its number is

expressed per m3 of the sample.



Baseline Status of Aquatic Ecology:

Phytoplankton

The phytoplankton community in the study area comprised of two (4) major

classes namely Chlorophyceae, Bacillariophyceae, Cyanophyceae and

Euglenophyceae. The total number of 28 taxa were recorded at different sites

during the study period (Table 2). Chlorophyceae and Cyanophyceae were the

most dominant groups observed in the study area. Some dominant species

observed in all the sampling locations are Cosmarium sp., Ankistrodesmus sp.,

Actinastrum sp., Microcystis sp., Nostoc sp., Merismopedia sp., Xanthophyceae

sp., Melosira sp., Nitzschia sp., Cymbella sp., Cyclotella sp. and Synedra sp.The

result shows that the fresh water sources found in the study area are without

any contamination. The species shows that there is lowest to medium level

impact of pollution present in the study area.

FIGURE 3.20: PERCENT COMPOSITION OF SPECIES FOUND IN THE

STUDY AREA

39%

32%

25%

4%

Percent composition of species found in the study area in different classes

Chlorophyceae

Cyanophyceae

Bacillariophyceae

Euglenophyceae



Zooplankton

Zooplankton, comprising of a total 14 taxa recorded from the study area (Table

3) and has shown the presence of 3 taxa of Protozoans, 5 taxa of Rotifera, 2 taxa

of Copepoda and 4 taxa of Cladocerans. The zooplankton species were observed

in all the sampling locations. Percent composition of zooplankton groups

observed in the study area shows that Protozoan, Rotifera, Cladocera are the

dominant groups observed in the study area.

FIGURE 3.21: PERCENT COMPOSITION OF ZOOPLANTON GROUP

OBSERVED IN THE STUDY AREA

21%

36% 14%

29%

Percent composition of zooplankton groups observed in the study area

Protozoans

Rotifera

Copepoda

Cladocerans



TABLE 3.25: PHYTOPLANKTON SPECIES RECORDED AT DIFFERENT SITES DURING THE STUDY PERIOD

S.

N.

Sampling Location

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Species Observed

Chlorophyceae

1 Pediastrum sp. + - - - - - - + - + - + - - - + -

2 Scenedesmus sp. - - - + - - - - + - - - + - - + -

3 closterium sp. - - + - - - + - - - - + - - + - -

4 Cosmarium sp. - + - - - - + - - + - - - + - + +

5 Ulothrix sp. - - - + + - - - - + + - - - + - -

6 Ankistrodesmus sp. + - + - - - + - - - + + - - + - -

7 Chlorella sp. - + - - - + - + - - - - + - - - +

8 Volvox sp. - + - - + - - - + - + - - + - + -

9 Actinastrum sp. - - - + - + - - + - - - - + - - -

10 Oedogonium sp. + - - - - + - - + - - + - - - + -

11 Tetraedron sp. + - - - - - - + - - - - - + - - -

Cyanophyceae

11 Oscillatoria sp. - + - - + - - + - - + - - + - - +

12 Microcystis sp. + - + - - - + - + - - + - - - + -

13 Nostoc sp. - + - + - - + - - + - - - + + - -

14 Anabaena sp. - - + - - + - - + - - - + - - - +

15 Chlorococcus sp. - + - - - - + - - - + - - - - - -

16 Merismopedia sp. + + - - - + - - - - - + - + - - +



17 Xanthophyceae sp. - - - + - - - + - + - - + - - + -

18 Trobonema sp. - - - + - - - + - + + - - - + - -

19 Botryococcus sp. + - - - + - - - + - - - + - - - -

Bacillariophyceae

20 Melosira sp. + - - + - - + - - - + - - - + + -

21 Nitzschia sp. - - + - - - + - + - - + - + - - +

22 Cymbella sp. - - + - + - - + - - - + - - + - -

23 Cyclotella sp. + - + - - + - - - - + - + - - - +

24 Synedra sp. - - - + - + - - + - - + - - + - -

25 Navicula sp. - + - - + - - - - + + - - + - - +

26 Fragilaria sp. - - - - + - - - + + - - + - - - +

Euglenophyceae

27 Euglena sp. + - - - + - - + - - + - - + - - +

(+) Present, (-) Absent

TABLE 3.26: ZOOPLANKTON SPECIES RECORDED AT DIFFERENT SITES DURING THE STUDY PERIOD

S. N.

Sampling Location

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Species Observed

Protozoans

1 Arcella sp. - + - - + - - - - + - - - - + - -

2 Difflugia sp. + - - + - - - + - - - - - + - - +



3 Actinophrys sp. - - + - + - - - - - + - - - - + -

Rotifera

4 Brachionus sp. - + - - + - - + - - - + + - + - +

5 Keratella sp. - - + - - + - - - + - - - + - - -

6 Filinia sp. - + - - - - + + - - - - - - - - -

7 Mytilina sp. - - + - + - - - + - + - - - + - +

8 Monostyla sp. + - - + - - + - - - - - - - - + -

Copepoda

9 Cyclops sp. + - + + - + - + - + - + + + - + +

10 Mesocyclops sp. - - + - - - + - - + - - - + - - +

Cladocerans

11 Daphnia sp. - + - + + - + - + - + - + - + - -

12 Moina sp. + - + - - + - - - - - - + - - + -

13 Ceriodaphnia sp. - - + - - - - - + - - + - - - - +

14 Macrothrix sp. + + - - - + - - - + - - - + - - -

(+) Present, (-) Absent



3.14.8 Greenbelt Development

As per 33% of total land area should developed as part of green belt, it is

recommended that plantation should be done along the peripheral areas and

open spaces in the buffer zone of the proposed project site. This will help to

reduce the noise pollution; dust spread and also enhances the aesthetic

value around the project site.

Criteria for selection of species for greenbelt

The plant species suitable for greenbelt development need to be selected

based on the following criteria:

Fast growing

Thick canopy cover

Perennial and evergreen

Large leaf area index

High sink potential

Guidelines for plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development should be planted

using dug-pit technique. The pit size should be in between 45 cm x 45 cm x

45 cm to 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm depending on the soil quality. Soil proposed

to be used for filling the pit should be mixed with well decomposed farm

yard manure or sewage sludge at the rate of 3.6 kg (on dry weight basis).The

filling of soils should be completed at least 5-10 days before the actual

plantation. Healthy seedlings of identified species should be planted in each

pit. Proper density of plants (no. per hectare) should be maintained within

the greenbelt.

The minimum distance between two plantations should be dependent on the

choice of species and compatibility of different species to grow together. The

distance should be in between 2.5m to 5m for plantation in greenbelt.



Roadside plantation

Minimum of two rows of plants are required for plantation on roadside to

minimize the pollution effects. While planting, care should be taken to

ensure that plants in second row fall in between the two plants of first row.

Selection of plant species

Keeping in view the climatic condition status of soil (Agro climatic zone) and

vegetation types the following plant species are suitable for plantation for

the proposed project site. Plant species for green belt development are given

in below table.

TABLE 3.27: LIST OF PLANT SPECIES FOR GREEN BELT

DEVELOPMENT

S.

No. Scientific Name Common Name Family

1. Acacia catechu Khair Mimoseae

2. Acacia dealbata Silver wattle Mimoseae

3. Acacia farnesiana Babul Mimoseae

4. Acacia mearnsii Black wattle Mimoseae

5. Acacia nilotica Indian Gum Mimoseae

6. Achras sapota Chikoo Sapotaceae

7. Albizia chinensis Siris Mimoseae

8. Albizia moluccana Subabul Mimoseae

9. Albizia procera White Siris Mimoseae

10. Anthocephalus chinensis Kadamba Rubiaceae

11. Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae

12. Bambusa arundinacia Bamboo Poaceae

13. Bauhinia acuminate Kanchan Caesalpinaceae

14. Bauhinia varigata Kanchan Caesalpinaceae

15. Bougainvillea spectabilis Bougainvillea Nctaginaceae

16. Butea monosperma Palas Fabaceae

17. Callistemon citrinus Battle brush Myrtaceae



18. Citrus aurantium Nebu Rutaceae

19. Cordia dichotoma Chota losora Cordiaceae

20. Derris indica Karanja Fabaceae

21. Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu Ebenaceae

22. Emblica officinalis Awala Euphorbiaceae

23. Eucalyptus citriodora Lemon scanted gum Myrtaceae

24. Ficus benghalensis Bargad Moraceae

25. Ficus benjamina Pimpri Moraceae

26. Ficus elastica Indian rubber tree Moraceae

27. Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae

28. Grewia subinequalis Phalsa Tiliaceae

29. Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae

30. Lawsonia inermis Mehandi Lythraceae

31. Madhuca longifolia Mahwa Sapotaceae

32. Nerium indicum Kaner Apocynaceae

33. Phoenix sylvestris Khajur Arecaceae

34. Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Ananaceae

35. Prosopis cineraria Khejri Mimosaceae

36. Psidium guayava Amrud Myrtaceae

37. Ricinus communis Erandi Euphorbiaceae

38. Saraca asoka Ashok Caesalpinaceae

39. Syzygium cumini Jaman Myrtaceae

40. Tamarindus indica Imli Caesalpinaceae

41. Tectona grandis Teak Verbenaceae

42. Terminalia arjuna Arjuna Combretaceae

43. Thevetia peruviana pila kanher Apocynaceae

44. Zizyphus mauritiana Ber Rhamnaceae

Source: “Guideline for Developing Greenbelt” Central pollution Control

Board, Program objective series PROBES/75/1999-2000.



3.15 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.15.1 Land use of Study Area (Buffer Zone)

The total and of the study area is divided into following categories:-

i. Forest

ii. River

iii. Water bodies

iv. Land with scrub

v. Fallow Land

vi. Crop Land

vii. Agriculture plantation

viii. Habitation

ix. Mining area

x. Land without scrub

FIGURE 3.22: FIELD VISIT BY LAND USE EXPERT IN THE STUDY

AREA



3.15.2.1DATA INPUT

IRS LISS3 Multispectral digital FCC (False Color Composite) data from

NRSC Bhuwan Portal has been used for preparation of Land use/ Land

cover thematic map of study area. Project site mine plan map & Google

maps and Toposheet has been used as a reference map for preparation of

base layer map like road, rail network, project site boundary, landmarks

point etc.

Technical Details

Satellite Image IRS LISS-3

Band Combination 1,2,3,4

DIP Software ERDAS Imagine 9.2 & Arc GIS 10.1

3.15.1.2 METHODOLOGY

Land use / Land cover map preparation, Base map creation; and Geometric

correction of satellite image has been processed using ERDAS Imagine 9.2

Software.

The methodology used for Land use pattern of study area is explained in

following headings.

3.15.1.3 GEOREFERENCING OF TOPOMAPS

SOI toposheet has been geo-referenced in geographic lat/long coordinate

system using Arc GIS 10.1 Software.

3.15.1.4 BASE MAP LAYER CREATION

Project site mine plan map & Google maps and geo-referenced toposheet has

used as a reference map for base layer creation. In base layer linear, polygon

and point feature like road, rail, canal, village location and project site have

been created in vector data format. Base map layer information has been

used for analysis of surrounding feature like road, rail, and village location



near project site activity through superimposed on thematic map for data

integration.

3.15.1.5 INTERPRETATION OF SATELLITE IMAGE

Hybrid technique has been used i.e. visual interpretation and digital image

processing for identification of different land use and vegetation cover

classes based on spectral signature of geographic feature. Spectral signature

represents various land use class. Image interpretation keys are developed,

based on image characteristics like color, tone, size, shape, texture, pattern,

shadow, association etc., which enables interpretation of satellite images for

ground feature.

For validation of Land Use Plan Ground truth data on geographic features

of the study area has been collected by site visit to the area for verification of

information of the different doubtful features of the study areas, which were

found to be responsible for the occurrence of specific spectral reflectance

behavioral patterns. Ground truth data has been carried out for verification

of the ground features (esp. one in doubt) interpretation accuracy and

reliability of remotely sensed data.

CONCLUSION

All vector layer superimposed on land use land cover map for final map

composition and used for analysis and study of area.

3.15.1.6 Agricultural Yield of the Study Area

Agricultural practice is the main source of income of the study area.

The major field crops grown are Soyabean, Maize, Coriander, Wheat,

Rapeseed, Mustard, Urd, Gram etc.

Horticulture crops – Orange, Mango, Guava, Lime, Papaya etc.

Horticulture crops vegetable – Cauliflower, Garlic, Onion, Brinjal, Tomato,

Medicinal and Aromatic crops – Ashwagandha, Rose,



Fodder crops Chari Jawar, Chari Maize, Lucerne, Berseem etc.

TABLE 3.28: LAND USE PATTERN ON SATELLITE IMAGE

S.N. Class Names Area (Ha.) % (Area)

i Forest 27134.55 9.87

ii River 4245.92 1.54

iii Water Bodies 3127.01 1.14

iv Land with Scrub 44755.47 16.28

v Fallow Land 40121.81 14.60

vi Crop Land 112603.78 40.96

vii Agriculture Plantation 19490.42 7.09

viii Habitation 2193.15 0.80

ix Mining Area 2789.27 1.01

x Land without scrub 18436.65 6.71

Total 274898.03 100

Refer Figure 3.23: Land use Pattern of the study area.

Refer Figure 3.24: Settelite Image of the study area



FIGURE 3.23: LANDUSE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.24: SETTLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA



3.15.2 Land use of Applied Lease area (Core Zone)

The applied lease area of 1695.06 hect. has undulate topography with minimum

and maximum elevation of the leasehold area, above mean sea level are 338 m

AMSL and 299m AMSL respectively. No agriculture field exists within the

applied lease area. No forest land is involved in the core zone. The summarized

details of the type of and covered in the applied lease area is indicated in below

table.

TABLE 3.29: LAND USE PATTERN-EXISTING & UP TO END OF LEASE

PERIOD (5 YRS)

All figures in Hect.

S. No. Particulars Existing Up to Planning

5th year

1 Area under mining -- 130.0

2 Area covered by dumps -- --

3 Railway line -- --

4 Infrastructure, Road 0.59 0.70

5 Green Belt -- 37.5

6 Remaining virgin Govt. waste land 1694.47 1526.86

Total 1695.06 1695.06

It is river bed mining. River bed will be excavated in slice of 3m thickness

leaving statutory barrier. Material will be replenished each year during the

Monsoon. So no change in form of pit will occur. Applied lease area will change

in form of plantation done during the year.



3.16 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

3.16.1 Reconnaissance

The project type is ordinary sand Bajri. Project area spread over in Mandsaur &

Shajapur district, from Madhya Pradesh state and Jhalawar & Kota district

from, Rajasthan State

3.16.2 Baseline Status

Baseline information on the socio-economic environment was collected from

census record 2011 from Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan. The process related

database thus generated includes:

Demographic structure.

Economic structure

Public awareness and their concern about the project

The primary socio economic data was collected through field survey in sample

villages in study area as well as the observations by the survey team. It has

been subs tainted with relevant socioeconomic data from secondary sources of

various official records. viz., Census records, District statistical abstract, district

health office, District industry center tourism office etc.

Socio -economic survey had done with group discussion, Government official

authority and village leaders.

TABLE 3.30: SAMPLING LOCATION FOR ECOLOGICAL BIODIVERSITY

STUDY IN THE STUDY AREA.

S. No. Station

Code EB Study Location

Distance

(km) Direction

1 SE1 Near Nanor 2.0 E

2 SE2 Near Banor 0.5 N

3 SE3 Near Kundikhera 8.5 SE

4 SE4 Near Morukheri 8.5 E

5 SE5 Near Bhumera 0.5 E



6 SE6 Near Binda 1.5 W

7 SE7 Near Ruparel 0.9 E

8 SE8 Near Jhalawar 2.0 W

9 SE9 Near Khokhanda 0.8 SE

10 SE10 Near Nimana 8.3 NW

11 SE11 Near Ramganj Mandi 10.0 W

12 SE12 Near Chhatrapur 3.0 W

13 SE13 Near Sunel 3.5 S

14 SE14 Near Kanwara 0.3 E

15 SE15 Near Pirawa 5.0 S

16 SE16 Near Rajpura 8.5 NW

17 SE17 Near Unhel 8.0 SSE

18 SE18 Near Magsipur 9.0 W

19 SE19 Near Deewalkhera 1.0 NW

20 SE20 Near Semli 0.2 W

Refer Figure 3.25: Map of Sampling Location for Socio Economic study in the

study area.



FIGURE 3.25: MAP OF SAMPLING LOCATION FOR SOCIO ECONOMIC STUDY IN THE STUDY AREA



REFER FIGURE 3.26: FIELD VISIT BY SOCIO ECONOMIC EXPERT IN THE

STUDY AREA



3.16.3 Demographic Structure

The details concerning the demographic structure of the study area was

collected from Census record of Mandsaur & Shajapur district from Madhya

Pradesh state and Jhalawar & Kota district from Rajasthan State, 2011 census.

The details about demographic & employment structure is given in Table 3.31

for Rajasthan study area & Table 3.32 for Madhya Pradesh study area.

The salient features of villages coming in study area of Jhalawar & Kota district

in Rajasthan

Total population of the region as per 2011 census is 136746 out of which 70345

are male and 66401 are female. Shown in Fig 3.27.

Total household are 27312, with a family size of 5 person per family

Literacy rate of the population in the study area is 71025(52%) Literacy details

are shown in 3. 27.

Sex ratio (number of male per thousand female) in the region is 966 this shows

that male population is higher in the region as compared with the female

population. Sex ratio is given in Fig 3. 27.

Out of the total population Scheduled Caste population is 31118(23%) and

Scheduled Tribe population is 7906(6%) respectively

The salient features of villages coming in study area of Mandsaur & Shajapur

district in Madhya Pradesh

Total population of the region as per 2011 census is 102355 out of which 52037

are male and 50318 are female. shown in Fig 3.28

Total household are 22002, with a family size of 5 person per family

Literacy rate of the population in the study area is 59176 (58%) Literacy

details are shown in 3.28.

Sex ratio (number of male per thousand female) in the region is 967 this shows

that male population is higher in the region as compared with the female

population. Sex ratio is given in Fig 3.28.



Out of the total population Scheduled Caste population is 23230(23%) and

Scheduled Tribe population is 1266(1%) respectively



TABLE 3.31: DEMOGRAPHIC DETAILS AND EMPLOYMENT PATTERN OF VILLAGES COMING IN STUDY

AREA OF JHALAWAR & KOTA DISTRICT IN RAJASTHAN

S.

No

Village No_

HH TOT_P TOT_M

TOT_

F P_06

P_

SC

P_S

T

T_

Lit

M_

Lit

F_

Lit

T_

Ill

T_

M_

Ill

T_

F_

Ill

Main_

Worker

s

Margin

al

Worker

s

Non_

Workers

Gangdhar Taluka, District Jhalawar, State Rajasthan

1 Naya Khera 169 825 415 410 155 388 0 254 194 60 571 221 350 261 26 538

2 Guwalad 160 708 364 344 113 271 0 315 198 117 393 166 227 205 83 420

3 Hasamadi 98 559 283 276 83 12 0 248 171 77 311 112 199 171 6 382

4 Karnaliya 32 244 124 120 42 10 0 65 46 19 179 78 101 147 4 93

5 Semli

Chharot 110 595 304 291 104 11 0 243 154 89 352 150 202 223 119 253

6 Guradiya

Jhala 398 1835 964 871 271 457 0 823 553 270 1012 411 601 697 355 783

7 Jamuniya 220 1014 519 495 153 304 0 403 284 119 611 235 376 534 0 480

8 Para Peepli 113 531 274 257 74 102 15 265 160 105 266 114 152 219 8 304

9 Moondla 106 517 261 256 100 185 1 170 121 49 347 140 207 161 116 240

10 Bharka 189 870 437 433 116 112 0 293 208 85 577 229 348 429 100 341

11 Khejriya

Khal 38 232 115 117 44 21 0 107 69 38 125 46 79 138 6 88

12 Makoriya 152 822 425 397 127 388 0 387 249 138 435 176 259 284 148 390

13 Chhappiya 97 453 241 212 71 91 0 118 83 35 335 158 177 38 251 164

14 Semli

Gehlot 84 352 181 171 61 43 0 124 94 30 228 87 141 91 22 239

15 Jheekariya 80 383 185 198 71 48 0 161 100 61 222 85 137 107 128 148

16 Akya Gehlot 243 1242 612 630 231 155 2 368 282 86 874 330 544 392 209 641

17 Ghattiya 55 218 118 100 23 33 0 76 48 28 142 70 72 46 82 90

18 Bankari 81 397 209 188 59 59 0 177 119 58 220 90 130 82 137 178

19 Deoriya

Kilol 122 585 300 285 96 248 0 220 141 79 365 159 206 150 201 234

20 Kolva

Goojar 152 779 389 390 164 560 1 251 173 78 528 216 312 205 234 340

21 Bishniya 237 1165 584 581 146 259 0 528 351 177 637 233 404 200 265 700

22 Piplai 138 566 281 285 78 46 0 279 178 101 287 103 184 99 191 276



23 Harnawada 181 976 503 473 155 109 0 405 282 123 571 221 350 400 170 406

24 Karna Kheri 72 275 136 139 36 0 0 109 82 27 166 54 112 188 1 86

25 Sakariya 290 1347 687 660 195 205 0 653 433 220 694 254 440 280 405 662

26 Rawatpura 118 540 291 249 96 238 0 182 126 56 358 165 193 67 249 224

27 Gol Kheri 230 1173 613 560 123 249 24 812 474 338 361 139 222 357 101 715

28 Jeta Kheri 252 1234 643 591 188 386 0 399 275 124 835 368 467 361 372 501

29 Nipaniya

Kaloo 167 752 400 352 140 115 0 243 187 56 509 213 296 307 12 433

30 Karanpura 114 548 271 277 90 170 0 197 141 56 351 130 221 165 179 204

31 Rati Kheri 89 398 192 206 74 71 3 114 77 37 284 115 169 110 102 186

32 Rawan

Gurari 168 800 403 397 113 162 39 341 220 121 459 183 276 258 260 282

33 Harmatya

Ratna 67 326 173 153 40 0 0 169 116 53 157 57 100 138 116 72

34 Paraliya 255 1298 658 640 187 116 0 596 400 196 702 258 444 438 292 568

35 Harni Khera 121 712 360 352 79 183 0 393 252 141 319 108 211 284 22 406

36 Bhat Kheri 166 923 467 456 142 151 2 397 237 160 526 230 296 249 260 414

37 Majanpur 48 240 114 126 40 30 0 106 67 39 134 47 87 36 103 101

38 Tonkara 139 657 311 346 157 383 0 205 148 57 452 163 289 151 259 247

39 Lakha Kheri

Umat 198 877 451 426 175 382 0 335 232 103 542 219 323 208 273 396

40 Khasroo

Kheri 44 249 131 118 31 83 0 112 76 36 137 55 82 82 49 118

41 Nisal Kheri 65 333 163 170 69 163 0 89 62 27 244 101 143 102 77 154

42 Chhayan 85 441 222 219 56 118 0 104 78 26 337 144 193 274 27 140

43 Guradiya

Deora 192 1016 489 527 161 173 0 324 190 134 692 299 393 235 415 366

44 Bilawali 423 2050 1030 1020 318 640 26 1297 767 530 753 263 490 636 118 1296

45 Kutki 39 185 88 97 34 0 0 75 46 29 110 42 68 78 24 83

46 Chistipura 119 679 331 348 124 70 0 372 214 158 307 117 190 282 3 394

47 Malhar Ganj 226 993 501 492 150 153 1 475 317 158 518 184 334 330 193 470

48 Berla 427 2106 1058 1048 338 581 1 879 588 291 1227 470 757 792 427 887

49 Chiri 94 452 230 222 45 44 0 185 126 59 267 104 163 260 7 185

50 Kagariya 207 1189 608 581 168 186 0 583 363 220 606 245 361 185 489 515



51 Khankhari 100 494 263 231 63 16 0 158 114 44 336 149 187 216 8 270

52 Baman

Deoriya 188 999 501 498 190 590 0 408 266 142 591 235 356 319 264 416

53 Chand Kheri 43 167 89 78 23 121 0 71 51 20 96 38 58 106 0 61

54 Raipuriya 47 289 142 147 42 46 0 113 70 43 176 72 104 147 10 132

55 Salariya 159 694 360 334 99 109 0 288 189 99 406 171 235 246 18 430

56 Kher Khera 84 382 196 186 57 17 0 121 81 40 261 115 146 188 65 129

57 Karma

Kheri 68 289 153 136 40 43 0 108 77 31 181 76 105 98 60 131

58 Punwar

Kheri 87 423 218 205 65 122 0 160 97 63 263 121 142 150 0 273

59 Padma

Kheri 83 414 214 200 41 74 0 160 105 55 254 109 145 262 4 148

60 Lakha Kheri

Parmar 47 285 147 138 36 0 0 122 86 36 163 61 102 89 115 81

61 Gangdhar 1063 5506 2838 2668 802 1050 81 3348 2039 1309 2158 799 1359 1964 319 3223

62 Melki 88 431 212 219 73 162 0 163 106 57 268 106 162 82 175 174

63 Loona Kheri 70 360 180 180 35 54 0 187 125 62 173 55 118 81 121 158

64 Loona Khera 163 797 404 393 112 90 0 419 273 146 378 131 247 242 212 343

65 Chor Bardi 216 1109 569 540 169 174 0 441 327 114 668 242 426 294 112 703

66 Kachhnara 334 1633 838 795 222 219 1 800 500 300 833 338 495 596 199 838

67 Sarwar 338 1695 852 843 257 565 0 605 385 220 1090 467 623 493 92 1110

68 Unhel 780 3968 1982 1986 599 788 20 2030 1279 751 1938 703 1235 1143 223 2602

69 Kumathiya 263 1322 687 635 227 791 0 337 242 95 985 445 540 202 391 729

70 Chara 282 1465 756 709 220 299 0 705 449 256 760 307 453 453 77 935

71 Sedara 137 626 324 302 85 181 0 320 216 104 306 108 198 58 207 361

72 Dokar

Khera 76 444 234 210 76 67 0 126 75 51 318 159 159 146 18 280

73 Beel Kheri 213 1166 604 562 195 229 2 498 326 172 668 278 390 260 116 790

74 Magsi 378 1871 935 936 289 431 5 1024 620 404 847 315 532 441 573 857

75 Bardiya

Heerji 115 628 333 295 106 73 0 149 105 44 479 228 251 173 69 386

76 Rampura 340 1727 867 860 239 388 1 776 494 282 951 373 578 548 56 1123

77 Nipaniya 164 696 366 330 95 118 1 406 248 158 290 118 172 412 4 280



Sub total 13596 67541 34373 33168 10363 15781 226 30069 19497 10572 37472 14876 22596 21541 11204 34796

Ramganj Mandi Taluka, District Kota, state Rajasthan

78 Hiriya Kheri 384 1822 960 862 283 568 62 1042 683 359 780 277 503 852 93 877

79 Chariya

Kheri 70 379 197 182 64 154 219 218 133 85 161 64 97 185 5 189

80 Duhniya 171 946 489 457 145 347 320 551 346 205 395 143 252 320 105 521

81 Nimana 237 1277 663 614 201 253 664 740 442 298 537 221 316 614 15 648

82 Jamunya 54 359 197 162 56 0 0 209 144 65 150 53 97 162 2 195

83 Khairabad

(CT) 2396 11993 6347 5646 1632 2322 762 8221 4881 3340 3772 1466 2306 2996 1109 7888

84 Goyanda 403 1992 1011 981 253 326 104 1276 780 496 716 231 485 537 262 1193

85 Manda 253 1362 698 664 141 402 173 896 532 364 466 166 300 553 138 671

86 Lasoriya 81 405 195 210 69 180 0 204 124 80 201 71 130 104 22 279

87 San Khera 75 367 199 168 71 17 0 160 106 54 207 93 114 105 105 157

88 Moondiya 101 537 279 258 93 145 73 269 180 89 268 99 169 274 1 262

89 Phanda 245 1245 653 592 171 534 9 765 486 279 480 167 313 455 68 722

90 Kanwarpura 308 1459 767 692 216 220 0 793 543 250 666 224 442 389 410 660

91 Lasoriya 81 405 195 210 69 180 0 204 124 80 201 71 130 104 22 279

92 Hathona 223 922 498 424 149 137 82 451 311 140 471 187 284 381 151 390

93 Kotri 432 1963 1063 900 290 422 174 1043 697 346 920 366 554 834 163 966

94 Sandya

Kheri 228 1193 644 549 131 303 188 726 466 260 467 178 289 661 14 518

95 Ganeshpura

Kalan 179 850 445 405 116 51 690 457 299 158 393 146 247 247 88 515

96 Kherli 293 1492 783 709 202 315 5 904 556 348 588 227 361 313 292 887

97 Alod 326 1728 875 853 192 405 32 988 626 362 740 249 491 889 25 814

Sub total 6540 32696 17158 15538 4544 7281 3557 20117 12459 7658 12579 4699 7880 10975 3090 18631

Ladpura Taluka, District Kota, state Rajasthan

98 Nayagaon 42 213 112 101 31 0 0 113 70 43 100 42 58 59 36 118

99 Vijaipura 21 95 48 47 18 2 0 55 33 22 40 15 25 18 8 69

100 Motipura 148 686 359 327 152 249 242 200 122 78 486 237 249 363 10 313

101 Alniya 87 417 236 181 60 27 120 147 96 51 270 140 130 234 10 173

102 Shyampura 268 1443 743 700 315 16 12 503 329 174 940 414 526 350 39 1054



103 Baori Khera 335 1785 919 866 322 174 129 1031 645 386 754 274 480 456 126 1203

104 Brajeshpura 69 383 188 195 60 67 202 283 156 127 100 32 68 97 99 187

105 Baniyani 488 2678 1347 1331 369 637 222 1657 965 692 1021 382 639 855 315 1508

106 Khera 293 1651 840 811 220 438 61 1162 658 504 489 182 307 515 84 1052

107 Bhimpura 874 4423 2224 2199 677 499 62 2656 1545 1111 1767 679 1088 1417 447 2559

Sub total 2625 13774 7016 6758 2224 2109 1050 7807 4619 3188 5967 2397 3570 4364 1174 8236

Digod Taluka, District Kota, State Rajasthan

108 Ramnagar 123 723 389 334 104 139 364 393 257 136 330 132 198 68 280 375

109 Barod 1088 5178 2632 2546 714 1533 285 3158 1900 1258 2020 732 1288 1852 486 2840

110 Kunethiya 54 234 133 101 28 27 0 119 85 34 115 48 67 123 8 103

111 Kalyanpura 236 1267 658 609 156 408 79 834 520 314 433 138 295 408 20 839

112 Chopar

Kheri 77 387 204 183 55 59 14 224 138 86 163 66 97 242 66 79

113 Narsinghpur

a 65 283 152 131 28 30 153 176 105 71 107 47 60 25 126 132

114 Haripura 166 858 444 414 102 249 419 536 330 206 322 114 208 219 216 423

115 Mehandi 162 797 444 353 126 187 296 486 295 191 311 149 162 206 204 387

116 Barana 87 476 244 232 50 34 384 346 200 146 130 44 86 243 2 231

117 Morpa 586 3069 1586 1483 431 742 65 1857 1141 716 1212 445 767 1045 335 1689

118 Borkhera 114 618 314 304 60 113 78 437 256 181 181 58 123 140 200 278

Sub total 2758 13890 7200 6690 1854 3521 2137 8566 5227 3339 5324 1973 3351 4571 1943 7376

Pipalda Taluka, District Kota, State Rajasthan

119 Narayanpur

a 48 242 131 111 25 0 145 128 87 41 114 44 70 102 63 77

120 Sherpur 62 275 134 141 25 0 0 144 93 51 131 41 90 54 105 116

121 Shivdanpur

a 46 203 114 89 27 6 0 118 76 42 85 38 47 34 82 87

122 Achalgarh 65 275 146 129 37 0 262 166 107 59 109 39 70 151 2 122

123 Asida 92 378 201 177 62 107 0 197 134 63 181 67 114 31 193 154

124 Chhatra

Pura 56 260 150 110 34 0 200 186 114 72 74 36 38 68 87 105

125 Manpura 3 7 4 3 1 2 1 2 1 1 5 3 2 4 1 2

126 Jatwari 263 1186 606 580 151 505 132 633 412 221 553 194 359 288 447 451

127 Raghunathp 73 347 178 169 64 7 0 148 96 52 199 82 117 68 120 159



ura

128 Barodiya 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

129 Miyana 304 1567 804 763 227 542 157 683 478 205 884 326 558 551 369 647

Sub total 1013 4741 2469 2272 653 1169 897 2406 1599 807 2335 870 1465 1351 1469 1921

Sangod Taluka, District Kota, State Rajasthan

130 Kushalipura

majrakhatip

ura

144 799 419 380 117 539 0 441 281 160 358 138 220 362 60 377

131 Girdharpura 73 400 202 198 61 270 0 272 164 108 128 38 90 190 26 184

132 Gadarwara 36 179 95 84 25 4 0 100 65 35 79 30 49 22 66 91

133 Samariya 108 600 341 259 102 391 39 361 238 123 239 103 136 187 135 278

134 Kishor

Sagar 91 545 268 277 103 0 0 237 157 80 308 111 197 124 173 248

135 Garda 197 956 473 483 224 0 0 303 188 115 653 285 368 453 91 412

136 Saloniya 131 625 331 294 107 53 0 346 226 120 279 105 174 131 203 291

Sub total 780 4104 2129 1975 739 1257 39 2060 1319 741 2044 810 1234 1469 754 1881

Grand Total 27312 136746 70345 66401 20377 31118 7906 71025 44720 26305 65721 25625 40096 44271 19634 72841

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Kota & Jhalawar, State Rajasthan.

TABLE 3.32: DEMOGRAPHIC AND EMPLOYMENT PATTERN OF VILLAGES COMING IN STUDY AREA OF

MANDSAUR & SHAJAPUR DISTRICT IN MADHYA PRADESH

S.

No Village

No_

HH TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 P_SC P_ST

T_

Lit

M_

Lit

F_

Lit

T_

Ill

T_M_

Ill

T_F_

Ill

Main_

Workers

Marginal

Workers

Non_

Workers

Taluka Bhanpura, District Mandsaur, State Madhya Pradesh

1. Dhamaniya 60 318 164 154 58 0 152 62 46 16 256 118 138 73 102 143

2. Kherkhedi 266 1167 581 586 194 141 0 617 346 271 550 235 315 581 18 568

3. Kangla Khedi 67 362 182 180 45 40 0 209 124 85 153 58 95 80 124 158

4. Satalkhedi 347 1558 791 767 222 344 14 775 485 290 783 306 477 679 80 799

Total 740 3405 1718 1687 519 525 166 1663 1001 662 1742 717 1025 1413 324 1668

Malhargarh Taluka, District Mandsaur, State Madhya Pradesh

5. Haripura 96 376 185 191 44 215 0 234 142 92 142 43 99 215 4 157

6. Khatyakhedi 156 681 336 345 74 19 0 538 290 248 143 46 97 155 5 521

7. Belala 255 1180 608 572 134 507 55 793 513 280 387 95 292 360 181 639



8. Dhikanya 245 1044 536 508 116 573 2 659 404 255 385 132 253 453 96 495

9. Solatganj

(Kanthariya) 5 16 9 7 0 0 2 12 7 5 4 2 2 10 0 6

10. Gopalpura 493 2091 1029 1062 324 77 0 1141 709 432 950 320 630 1228 3 860

11. Khankharai 213 817 412 405 101 344 1 466 315 151 351 97 254 20 391 406

12. Hanumantiya 181 640 335 305 104 0 205 363 224 139 277 111 166 207 210 223

13. Malhargarh

(NP) 1636 8332 4182 4150 1032 981 158 6142 3444 2698 2190 738 1452 2176 992 5164

14. Jalodiya 189 877 444 433 99 117 7 571 364 207 306 80 226 512 0 365

15. Takhatpur 62 219 112 107 13 0 0 133 89 44 86 23 63 139 0 80

16. Mindlakheda 231 905 470 435 113 507 0 586 363 223 319 107 212 366 179 360

Total 3762 17178 8658 8520 2154 3340 430 11638 6864 4774 5540 1794 3746 5841 2061 9276

Garoth Taluka, District Mandsaur, State Madhya Pradesh

17 Kalakheda 129 637 313 324 82 163 10 332 206 126 305 107 198 298 105 234

18 Khajuri Doda 158 731 365 366 98 103 0 385 245 140 346 120 226 228 0 503

Total 287 1368 678 690 180 266 10 717 451 266 651 227 424 526 105 737

Mandsaur Taluka, District Mandsaur, State Madhya Pradesh

19 Badwan 648 3270 1634 1636 374 635 79 2176 1312 864 1094 322 772 1739 18 1513

20 Jaggakhedi

(Nahargarh) 364 1641 824 817 235 470 229 1015 602 413 626 222 404 878 54 709

21 Tisai 118 562 287 275 84 175 0 329 193 136 233 94 139 119 226 217

Total 1130 5473 2745 2728 693 1280 308 3520 2107 1413 1953 638 1315 2736 298 2439

Sitamau Taluka,, District Mandsaur, State Madhya Pradesh

22 Kundla 166 840 414 426 131 106 0 598 320 278 242 94 148 258 0 582

23 Saraspura 82 388 197 191 42 44 0 244 152 92 144 45 99 218 0 170

24 Larni 216 976 503 473 188 78 0 383 254 129 593 249 344 555 1 420

25 Rahimgarh 624 2839 1444 1395 431 1120 0 1312 872 440 1527 572 955 1127 577 1135

26 Padli 209 1038 511 527 186 0 0 494 317 177 544 194 350 515 0 523

27 Khejdiya 378 1896 981 915 213 270 15 1360 781 579 536 200 336 640 305 951

28 Mahuwi 322 1403 713 690 203 296 0 869 529 340 534 184 350 769 5 629

29 Mahuwa 536 2313 1197 1116 280 692 0 1432 860 572 881 337 544 1063 38 1212



30 Nodhani 44 232 120 112 33 0 0 99 61 38 133 59 74 65 12 155

31 Belari 45 206 105 101 35 33 0 141 72 69 65 33 32 77 0 129

32 Gangakhedi 178 744 382 362 65 18 0 563 339 224 181 43 138 442 5 297

33 Surjani 132 605 310 295 87 79 0 412 245 167 193 65 128 308 0 297

34 Palyakhedi 66 269 132 137 25 231 22 157 90 67 112 42 70 156 0 113

35 Titrod 755 3643 1873 1770 446 816 113 2333 1422 911 1310 451 859 1433 614 1596

36 Maukheda 233 1019 527 492 127 476 3 556 345 211 463 182 281 153 371 495

37 Dabdi 60 215 107 108 25 82 0 162 86 76 53 21 32 64 1 150

38 Semalkheda 114 409 205 204 43 137 0 272 162 110 137 43 94 122 8 279

39 Dalkhedi 37 128 65 63 17 0 0 82 48 34 46 17 29 39 0 89

40 Shardulgarh 48 187 112 75 20 0 0 117 84 33 70 28 42 17 65 105

41 Sansripiplya 129 452 231 221 62 87 0 277 167 110 175 64 111 15 134 303

42 Potaliya 167 656 339 317 87 85 0 456 255 201 200 84 116 71 349 236

43 Ralayata 139 620 313 307 92 162 0 282 186 96 338 127 211 215 143 262

44 Sedramata 310 1490 752 738 227 397 0 761 482 279 729 270 459 330 439 721

45 Chakatya 157 660 329 331 82 366 0 420 258 162 240 71 169 96 301 263

46 Halduni 54 288 155 133 45 179 0 169 107 62 119 48 71 91 58 139

47 Sagor 297 1297 666 631 152 242 0 671 411 260 626 255 371 686 174 437

48 Bhagor 552 2635 1336 1299 360 271 0 1449 962 487 1186 374 812 735 741 1159

49 Khedi 84 331 178 153 40 3 0 196 118 78 135 60 75 101 1 229

50 Karadiya 95 455 235 220 49 92 0 318 182 136 137 53 84 286 7 162

51 Karandiya 208 870 473 397 122 77 0 490 326 164 380 147 233 515 9 346

52 Dipakheda 634 2850 1498 1352 367 508 12 1772 1097 675 1078 401 677 708 440 1702

53 Meriyakhedi 206 1069 541 528 204 206 0 726 391 335 343 150 193 573 10 486

54 Ekalgarh 113 500 258 242 51 173 0 328 189 139 172 69 103 85 173 242

55 Nipanya 115 553 257 296 85 0 0 346 191 155 207 66 141 217 0 336

Total 7505 34076 17459 16617 4622 7326 165 20247 12361 7886 13829 5098 8731 12745 4981 16350

Suwasara Taluka, District Mandsaur, State Madhya Pradesh

56 Dallod 128 617 320 297 96 283 0 313 198 115 304 122 182 201 86 330

57 Kantiya 316 1388 727 661 211 87 19 535 340 195 853 387 466 585 273 530

58 Ruparel 88 386 193 193 63 85 0 229 126 103 157 67 90 134 99 153

59 Kishorepura 470 2093 1094 999 318 579 0 1340 819 521 753 275 478 779 103 1211

60 Bardiya 144 634 330 304 72 154 0 354 223 131 280 107 173 178 145 311

61 Gordhanpura 323 1381 713 668 190 699 4 831 511 320 550 202 348 529 308 544

62 Nathukhedi 166 830 414 416 103 96 1 447 282 165 383 132 251 355 133 342

63 Gopakhedi 77 323 173 150 45 70 0 221 126 95 102 47 55 202 4 117

64 Rojhani 73 327 177 150 29 0 0 214 144 70 113 33 80 197 0 130



65 Bangli 80 319 160 159 52 0 0 93 59 34 226 101 125 124 12 183

66 Basai 1014 4734 2384 2350 730 880 8 2414 1459 955 2320 925 1395 2066 673 1995

67 Guradiyabamni 102 427 220 207 41 40 0 195 153 42 232 67 165 144 140 143

68 Piplya 99 515 256 259 72 91 0 242 161 81 273 95 178 197 115 203

Total 3080 13974 7161 6813 2022 3064 32 7428 4601 2827 6546 2560 3986 5691 2091 6192

Susner Taluka, District Shajapur, State Madhya Pradesh

69 Sarsi 220 1039 513 526 152 294 0 604 340 264 435 173 262 536 104 399

70 Dhaturiya 98 495 244 251 76 112 0 263 156 107 232 88 144 159 164 172

71 Nawa Kheda 28 115 63 52 12 0 0 52 40 12 63 23 40 22 45 48

Total 346 1649 820 829 240 406 0 919 536 383 730 284 446 717 313 619

Nalkheda Taluka, District Shajapur, State Madhya Pradesh

72 Pipalkhedi 140 657 320 337 118 187 120 372 212 160 285 108 177 154 6 497

73 Goyal 291 1390 705 685 217 328 32 637 399 238 753 306 447 662 100 628

Total 431 2047 1025 1022 335 515 152 1009 611 398 1038 414 624 816 106 1125

Badod Taluka, District Shajapur, State Madhya Pradesh

74 Bargadi 145 755 370 385 92 174 0 361 251 110 394 119 275 197 181 377

75 Barothi Kalan 46 196 95 101 19 31 0 127 75 52 69 20 49 90 42 64

76 Sawani 90 398 190 208 43 26 0 232 129 103 166 61 105 105 140 153

77 Lotiya Kishna 202 1024 518 506 165 208 0 478 297 181 546 221 325 266 64 694

78 Barkhedi

Badod 150 830 429 401 140 245 0 323 211 112 507 218 289 305 29 496

79 Kubadiya

Khedi 89 456 237 219 81 31 0 192 129 63 264 108 156 180 58 218

80 Barkheda

Badod 140 709 341 368 117 163 1 347 223 124 362 118 244 311 2 396

81 Lodha Khedi 99 507 253 254 74 47 0 201 130 71 306 123 183 161 23 323

82 Pipalya Japhar 118 667 339 328 89 96 0 328 225 103 339 114 225 141 84 442

83 Ranayra Badod 175 808 415 393 132 140 0 450 287 163 358 128 230 191 86 531

84 Khandwas 163 877 446 431 133 421 0 355 223 132 522 223 299 349 2 526

85 Durgpura 101 517 262 255 70 15 0 246 161 85 271 101 170 121 18 378

86 Khatakhedi

Badnagar 108 528 266 262 69 129 1 444 231 213 84 35 49 156 39 333

87 Bardiya Jogi 90 432 209 223 114 386 0 122 66 56 310 143 167 197 28 207

88 Jinakhedi 75 450 233 217 52 122 0 269 182 87 181 51 130 250 3 197

89 Jassakhedi 62 311 158 153 40 95 0 214 120 94 97 38 59 163 1 147

90 Ramakhedi 148 604 301 303 106 138 0 230 148 82 374 153 221 364 0 240



91 Dhabla Anjna 169 850 434 416 107 211 0 590 336 254 260 98 162 179 258 413

92 Dhodhari 103 557 260 297 80 66 0 330 181 149 227 79 148 135 47 375

93 Kaliyari 38 206 109 97 33 134 0 98 70 28 108 39 69 35 53 118

94 Kalukhedi 44 235 117 118 33 0 0 102 66 36 133 51 82 46 84 105

95 Dhodhar 243 1001 488 513 127 189 0 690 381 309 311 107 204 299 287 415

96 Malupura 213 1062 563 499 147 393 1 560 360 200 502 203 299 288 285 489

97 Guradiya

Badod 268 1329 677 652 218 499 0 606 391 215 723 286 437 448 145 736

98 Bilya 220 1160 597 563 197 363 0 530 323 207 630 274 356 280 176 704

Total 3299 16469 8307 8162 2478 4322 3 8425 5196 3229 8044 3111 4933 5257 2135 9077

Agar Taluka, District Shajapur, State Madhya Pradesh

99 Dudhpura 93 424 213 211 70 1 0 165 112 53 259 101 158 220 13 191

100 Chacha Khedi 210 1148 596 552 165 377 0 642 415 227 506 181 325 557 65 526

101 Jamuniya 201 742 390 352 114 309 0 384 252 132 358 138 220 192 170 380

102 Kachnariya 110 499 247 252 80 141 0 263 165 98 236 82 154 162 162 175

103 Bapcha Agar 264 1394 699 695 213 498 0 678 448 230 716 251 465 456 378 560

104 Mahudiya Agar 224 917 472 445 126 236 0 597 366 231 320 106 214 475 63 379

Total 1102 5124 2617 2507 768 1562 0 2729 1758 971 2395 859 1536 2062 851 2211

Shajapur Taluka, District Shajapur, State Madhya Pradesh

105 Narayangarh 107 515 267 248 72 414 0 298 181 117 217 86 131 236 48 231

Moman Badodiya, Taluka, District Shajapur, State Madhya Pradesh

106 Dhandeda 212 1072 580 492 147 210 0 579 382 197 493 198 295 597 63 412

Bachhaniya Taluka, District Shajapur, State Madhya Pradesh

107 Raghunathpura 1 5 2 3 1 0 0 4 2 2 1 0 1 2 0 3

Grand total 22002 102355 52037 50318 14231 23230 1266 59176 36051 23125 43179 15986 27193 38639 13376 50340

Source: Primary Census Abstract, District Shajapur & Mandsaur, State Madhya Pradesh



TABLE 3.33: SUMMARY OF CENSUS DETAILS

Details villages coming in study area of Jhalawar &

Kota district in Rajasthan

villages coming in study area Mandsaur

& Shajapur district in Madhya Pradesh

No of districts 2 2

No of talukas 06 13

No of household 27312 22002

Total population 136746 102355

Total Male 70345 52037

Total Female 66401 50318

Total 06 Population 20377 1423

Total SC 31118(23%) 23230(23%)

Total ST 7906(6%) 1266(1%)

Total literate population 71025(52%) 59176(58%)

Total main workers 44271(33%) 38639(38%)

Total marginal workers 19634(14%) 13376(13%)

Total non workers 72841(53%) 50340(49%)



FIGURE 3.27: DETAILS OF VILLAGES COMING IN STUDY AREA OF JHALWAR & KOTA DISTRICT IN

RAJASTHAN



FIGURE 3.28: VILLAGES COMING IN STUDY AREA MANDSAUR & SHAJAPUR DISTRICT IN

MADHYA PRADESH



3.16.4 Economic Attributes

Economic resource base of any region mainly depends upon its economically

active group i.e. the working population involved in productive work. Work-

Work may be defined as participation in any economically productive activity.

Such participation may be physical or mental in nature. Work involves not

actual work but also effective supervision and direction of work. It also includes

unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise.

The employment pattern of worker and Main worker of the study area is

described below and presented in Table 3.31 As well as in Fig. 3.19.

Employment pattern of villages coming in study area of Jhalawar & Kota

district in Rajasthan

Main workers are 44271(33%) of total population

Marginal workers are 19634(14%) of total population

Non-workers are 72841(53%) of total population

Employment pattern of villages coming in study area of Mandsaur & Shajapur

district in Madhya Pradesh

The employment pattern of worker and Main worker of the study area is

described below and presented in Table 3.32 As well as in Fig. 3.20.

Main workers are 38639(38%) of total population

Marginal workers are 13376(13%) of total population

Non-workers are 50340(49%) of total population



3.17 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY

Sampling Method

A judgmental and purposive sampling method was used for choosing

respondents of various sections of the society i.e. Sarpanch, adult males and

females, teachers, medical practitioners, businesspersons, agriculture laborers,

fishermen, unemployed group etc. Judgmental and purposive sampling method

includes the right cases from the total population that helps to fulfill the

purpose of research needs.

Data Collection Method

Data collection is a term used to describe a process of preparing and

collecting data, for example, as part of a process improvement or similar project.

The purpose of data collection is to obtain information to keep on record, to

make decisions about important issues, to pass information on to others.

Primarily, data are collected to provide information regarding a specific topic.

Data collection usually takes place early on in an improvement project, and is

often formalized through a data collection plan which often contains the

following activity.

Pre collection activity — agree on goals, target data, definitions,

methods

Collection — data collection

Present Findings — usually involves some form of sorting analysis

and/or presentation

Main types of data collection include census, sample survey, and administrative

by-product and each with their respective advantages and disadvantage.

Field Survey and Observations

Field research involves the collection of primary data or information that is

new. This is collected through surveys and questionnaires that are made out

specifically for a purpose Observations can be conducted on nearly any subject

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Process_improvement

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data_collection_plan



matter and the kinds of observations will do depend on survey question. Field

Survey and Observations were made at each sampling village and the quality of

life of that region is studied.

Visits were made at hospitals, primary health centers and sub-centers to know

the health status of the region. Various governmental organizations such as

statistical department, department of census operations are visited to collect the

population details of that region.

Interview Method

Interview is verbal questioning. Surveys are also conducted through interviews.

Interviews consist of asking questions, listening to individuals and recording

their responses. At times, you may find it more profitable to ask questions to a

few individuals instead of carrying out a large-scale questionnaire based

survey. The interview can be done very informally, e.g. as conversations with

people met in the fields, co-operative stores or block offices. In these settings,

one question leads to the next based on. The responses given to the previous

one. At the other end of the scale, highly structured interviews often rely on

questionnaires or interview schedules with mostly closed-ended questions that

allow the respondents only a limited range of possible answers. Structured

interview method is used to collect data regarding the awareness and opinion

from the sample selected of the various socio- economic sections of the

community. The questionnaire mainly highlights the parameters of primary

needs.

The interview method has the advantage that almost all perfect sample of the

general population can be reached and respond to the approach. Interview

method helps to collect more correct and accurate information as the

interviewer is present during the field survey.



Socio-economic survey was conducted in 20 villages within the study area

located in all directions with reference to the project site.

The respondents were asked for their awareness/opinion about the project and

their opinion about the impacts of the project, which is an important aspect of

socio-economic environment, viz. job opportunities, education, health care,

transportation facility and economic status.

The salient observations recorded during survey in the study area:

According to survey done in the study area, survey observation as per below:

Occupation: In the study area main occupation of villagers is

agricultural work, labour work and small business.20% population engaged in

private jobs

House pattern: Most of the houses are in semi pakka form in the study

area. Very few houses are in kaccha form

Roads: Roads are well connected with district places and in pakka form

Agriculture: Farmers are depended on mainly monsoon for agricultural

activity. Some villages have anal water facility for agricultural purpose

Communication: Communication facility is good with mobile network

and transportation facility

Power: All villages are well electrified and electricity is used for all

purposes

Language: Main language in study area is Hindi in Madhya Pradesh

and Rajasthani for Rajasthan as well as Hindi is widely spoken by population.

Fuel: Main cooking fuel is wood chips a LPG is used by villagers for

cooking purpose. Other sources are wood chips and kerosene etc. Few

population using LPG as a cooking fuel

Water: Main source of drinking water are hand pump, tube well & well

Transportation: Mainly buses and private mini buses are available in

the study area for transportation purpose



3.17.1 Awareness and Opinion

Awareness is the state or ability to perceive, to feel, or to be conscious of

events, objects or sensory patterns. In this level of consciousness, sense data can

be confirmed by an observer without necessarily implying understanding. In

general, an opinion is a subjective belief, and is the result of emotion or

interpretation of facts. An opinion may be supported by an argument, although

people may draw opposing opinions from the same set of facts. For assessing the

awareness and opinion about the project activity socio-economic survey was

conducted in the sampling villages. The salient observations drawn through

survey are described below:

Some of the respondents are aware about the project activity.

Some of the respondents have very good opinion about the project and they opined

that due to project activity, quality of life of the villages will improve.

Respondent have suggested minimizing the environmental pollution during and

after project activity

Village leaders suggested that employment opportunity should give to local

population

=======*******======

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conscious

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Object_(philosophy)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pattern

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subjectivity

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emotion

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fact



CHAPTER – IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMRNTAL IMPACTS

AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Any human activity in any environment produces impact, modifying it to a

status which is considered adverse of beneficial according to the damage or

improvement it brings about in physical, chemical and biological status of

air, water, land including biota and in socio-cultural life styles and economy

of the populace it affects. Depending on the nature of activities and

existing status, the impacts are assessed for their importance. On the basis

of the impact analysis, the mitigating action and future monitoring

requirement are focused in the Environmental Management Plan for

counting or minimizing adverse impacts.

Effects of this mining project on each of the environmental parameters are

detailed below in accordance with the parameter of environment likely to be

affected.

- Climate

- Air environment

- Land environment

- Ecology

- Water environment

- Noise levels

- Soil

- Socio-economic environment

- Cultural and Heritage environment



Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or

secondary. Primary impacts are those which can be attributed directly to the

project. On the indirect or induced and typically include the associated

investments and change patterns of social and economic by the proposed

actions.

4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

There will be no impacts as no construction stage is involved in this project.

4.3 OPERATION PHASE

4.3.1 Impact on topography & drainage

The mine working will remain confined to river bed lot only and in no case

disturbing any surface area outside which may affect topography or drainage.

Mining pits will impact river bed topography by formation of excavation voids.

This will be temporary and in first monsoon itself will be temporary and in first

monsoon itself will be restored to original.

Mitigation Measures

Mining will be done in a planned way i.e. collection of minerals/working shall

be started from the center dip to rise and then laterally in 3 meter slice so that

the river course will not get affected.

Unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) will not be stacked on

the bank side as it will hinder the flow of water in monsoon season.

The mining from river bed will not have any impact on natural drainage of

surrounding area as the excavated Bajri from river bed is filled with first heavy

flow in river during monsoon season.



4.4 IMPACTS ON CLIMATE

4.4.1 Temperature

The temperature pattern is a regional behavior and is not likely to be

affected by the river bed mining activity over a small area. Some local effect

may be perceived due to mining, afforestation and creation of voids in the

applied lease area.

4.4.2 Rainfall

The trend of rainfall, as studied and discussed in last chapter, forms part

of a regional pattern, not dependent on the relatively small area of river bed

mining activity. The mining operation, therefore, is not likely to have any

adverse impact on rainfall pattern.

4.4.3 Wind Speed

The wind speed in any area is dependent upon local topography and

generation of elevation and depression of pressure changes in the region.

The controlling factors for the pressure changes lie much beyond the

control of small area under mining operations. Thus, no adverse impact on

the regional wind speed is anticipated due to the mining operations.

However, some local ground level changes may take place due to the

buildings, green belt developed around the mine, etc.

4.4.4 Humidity

The pattern of relative humidity depends mainly on the rainfall, wind,

temperature and other weather phenomenon that regional in behavior. The

mining operation is not likely to have any impact on the relative humidity in the

surrounding.



4.5 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

4.5.1 Impact through Mathematical Modeling for Sand Mining Project

As explained in the previous chapter, the ambient air quality monitoring

results show that all the parameters such as PM10, SO2, and NOx are within

the limits prescribed by CPCB for “Industrial and Mixed use” areas as well as

areas meant for “Residential and Rural” areas. This scenario is with the

expansion already in place.

The major contribution of air pollution is by river bed mining, such as

excavation, loading, transportation, and handling of mineral of Bajri. This will

lead to momentary rise in the particulate matter (PM10). The dust liberated in

mining and other related operations is injurious to heath if inhaled in sufficient

quantity. As such there will be no noticeable impact on air quality.

4.5.2 Air Pollution Modeling

The impact of the expansion on the air quality has been predicated using

Fugitive Dust Model (FDM), which is a computerized air quality model

specifically designed for computing concentration and deposition impacts

from fugitive dust sources. The sources may be point, line or area sources. The

model has not been designed to compute the impacts of buoyant point sources,

thus it contains no plume rise algorithm. The model is generally based on the

well-known Gaussian Plume formulation for computing concentrations, but

the model has been specifically adapted to incorporate an improved

gradient transfer deposition algorithm. Emissions for each source are

apportioned by the user into a series of particle size classes. A

gravitational setting velocity and a deposition velocity are calculated by

FDM for each class.



4.5.3 Pollutants / Model Options Considered for Computations

The model simulations deal with major Pollution Particulate Matter (PM10) and

gaseous emissions viz. SO2 & NO2.

4.5.4 Meteorological Data

Data recorded by continuous weather monitoring station on wind speed,

direction, and temperature at one hour interval for the monitoring period was

used as meteorological input.

4.5.5 Presentation of result

In the present case model simulations have been carried using the hourly triple

joint frequency data. Short – term simulations were carried to estimate

concentration at the receptors to obtain an optimum description of variations in

concentrations over the site in 10-km radius covering 16 directions.

The incremental concentration is estimated for the monitoring period. For each

time scale, i.e. for 24 hr. the model computes the highest concentration observed

during the period over all the measurement points.

Dust emission rate from the Mining area, based on the following empirical

formula.

a) Dust emission due to excavation:

Pa x 23.6

Dust emission (DE) = ----------------------

Wd x Wh x 1000

DE = Dust emission in kg/hr

Pa = Annual Excavation in Tonnes

Wd = No. of days of operation in a year

Wh = Effective working hrs in a day



About 23.6 Quantity of dust emitted in kg/for 1000 tonnes of excavation

Dust emission rate=(7,50,000 x23.6)/ 300x8x1000)= 7.375 kg/hr

The above mentioned emission rate is without adoption of dust control

measures. The literature suggests that dust control measures reduce the

emissions and effective emission rate is one third of the computed emission.

Accordingly emission rate to be in the modeling is (7.375 /3) i.e. 2.458 kg/hr.

Mine Dimensions

The mine dimensions are as follows:

Applied Area = 1695.06 hectare

Meteorological Data

On site hourly meteorological data for winter months (Dec 2013 to Feb. 2014)

in respect of wind speed, wind direction, temperature and cloud amount are

utilized in this study. The data was put in model format. The mixing heights

have been extracted from CPCB publications.

Modeling Procedure

Methodology:

Prediction of ground level concentrations (glc’s) due to mining have been made

by Industrial Source Complex, Short Term (ISCST3) as per CPCB guidelines.

ISCST3 is US-EPA approved model to predict the air quality. The model uses

rural dispersion and regulatory defaults options as per guidelines on air quality

models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). The model assumes receptors on undulating

and hilly. This model is capable of handling point, area, and line sources

simultaneously.



Meteorological inputs required are hourly wind speed and direction ambient

temperature, stability class, mixing height and wind exponents. The model

details follow.

Gaussian Plume Model

Ground Level Concentration , from a point source at any receptor under

unlimited mixing is given by (USEPA ISCST3, 1987).

Qg1g2

=

where,

g1 = exp(-y2/2y2)

g2 = exp[-(z-H)2/2z2] + exp[-(z+H)2/2z

2]

In unstable or neutral conditions if z > 1.6 L (limited mixing) the distribution

below the mixing height is uniform with height provided that both the effective

height H, and the receptor height z are below the mixing height

Qg1

= In unstable case or neutral conditions when z < 1.6 L

Qg1

=

Where,

Q = source strength

Z = receptor height above the ground

u = wind speed

L = mixing height and

y &z = dispersion parameters

g3 = exp[-(z-H+2NL)2/2z2] + exp[-(z+H+2NL)2/2z

2]

Evaluation with N the number of reflections, varying from –4 to +4 is usually

sufficient

(yLu 2 )

(2 y zu)

(2 y zu)



Stability Classification

Hourly stability is determined by wind direction fluctuation method as

suggested by Slade(1965)and recommended by CPCB (PROBES/70/1997-1998).

= Wdr/6

, is standard deviation of wind direction fluctuation, Wdr is the overall wind

direction fluctuation or width of the wind direction in degrees. The table for

stability classes is given as under.

Stability Class (degree)

A > 22.5

B 22.4 – 17.5

C 17.4 – 12.5

D 12.4 – 7.5

E 7.4 – 3.5

F < 3.5

Dispersion Parameters

Dispersion parameters y and z for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974) are

used as the project is located on a flat terrain in a rural area. Atmospheric

dispersion coefficients vary with downwind distance (x) from emission sources

for different atmospheric stability conditions. (CPCB – PROBES/70/1997-98).

Rural Conditions

Stability Class y z

A 0.22x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.20x

B 0.16x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.12x

C 0.11x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.08x(1+0.0002x).5

D 0.08x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.06(1+0.0015x).5

E 0.06x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.03x(1+0.0003x)-1

F 0.04x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.16x(1+0.0003x)-1



Ambient Air Quality Standards

Ambient air quality standards promulgated by Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB) for all type of land uses for the relevant air quality parameters are as

follows:

Plan and frame work of computations & selection of locations

The locations have been selected around the applied mining area covering an

area of 10 km radius from the centre of mining. The entire area has been put on

grid network and grid spacing has been taken as 500 m.

Plan OF Computation

The emission rate, dispersion coefficients and other input data being now

available; it was planned to compute the following:

-The 24 hourly averaged incremental concentration with hourly data.

-The identification of grid point having peak concentration for the incremental

values.

-Preparation of isopleths of for various pollutants.

Predicted Ambient Air Quality

With a wide fluctuation in meteorological parameters it is a complex task to

predict post project ambient air quality. With available ambient air quality data

and incremental concentrations computed through mathematical modeling the

post project ambient air quality have been predicted in below table.

The maximum incremental GLCs due to the river bed mining project for PM10,

SO2 and NO2 are superimposed on the maximum baseline PM10, SO2 and NO2

concentration recorded at the monitoring location during the field monitoring

period. The cumulative concentration (baseline + incremental) after

Concentration (g/m3)

PM10 SO2 NOx

100 80 80



implementation of the project. The maximum GLCs after implementation of the

project are likely to be not in the prescribed NAAQ standards.

The mining will be done in five different blocks of applied lease area in the

operational phase. So incremental value of the five different blocks is given in

below table.

TABLE 4.1: PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY CONCENTRATIONS IN

OPERATION PHASE CUMULATIVE CONCENTRATIONS (BASELINE +

INCREMENTAL) FOR PM10

S.

No. Particular

Near

Binda

Near

Dhanodi

Near

Jhalarapatan

Near

Rewa

river -

Pipaliya

Near

Sangam

Rewa

River

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5

Concentration

1.

Monitored Maximum

concentrations in

µg/m3

78.53* 76.85* 77.51* 79.36* 73.21*

2.

Predicted

incremental

Maximum

concentrations in

µg/m3

1.45 1.06 3.20 1.22 0.21

3.

Resultant Maximum

concentrations in

µg/m3

79.98 77.91 80.71 80.58 73.42

4. NAAQS (dated 2009) 100 100 100 100 100

*Maximum Concentration value in the core zone at proposed working blocks in

the applied lease area.

It is clear from predicted values that concentrations in respect of PM10 are well

within limits at all locations.



FIGURE 4.1: GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF AMBIENT AIR

QUALITY IN OPERATION PHASE FOR PM10

Block No. 1

(Near Village

Binda)

Block No. 2

(Near Village

Dhanodi)



Block No. 3

(Near

Jhalarapatan)

Block No. 4

(Near Village

Pipaliya-

Rewa River)



Block No. 5

(Near

Sangam of

Rewa River)

Mitigation measures

To control the emissions regular preventive maintenance of equipment will be

carried out on contractual basis.

Proper mitigation measures like water sprinkling will be adopted to control

dust emissions.

Plantation will be carried out on approach roads & nearby vicinity of river

bank.

It is being ensured that all transportation vehicles will carry a valid PUC

certificate.

There is no toxic element present in the mineral which may contaminate the

soil.

(a) During Drilling & Blasting

No drilling & blasting is involved in this project.



(b) During Transport Operations

All the haul roads are kept levelled, wide and compacted.

Regular water spraying will be done on haul roads in the mining area.

In order to reduce dust pollution, green belt will be developed.

4.6 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVEL

The exposures to excessive noise levels can lead to:

Prevention of sleep, insomnia and fatigue.

Decrease in speech reception, communication, distraction and diminished

concentration thus adversely affecting job performance efficiency.

Chronic psychological disturbance including impaired hearing.

Irreparable cardiovascular, respiratory and neuralgic damages in certain

extreme cases.

The area is general represents calm surroundings. There is no heavy traffic,

industry or noisy habitation in the area of mine. The other major industry

like minerals cement plant and others is far away. With the increase in scale

of mining operations, deployment of machinery and vehicles operation and

men and noise levels are expected to increase.

Mitigation Measures

Periodical monitoring of noise will be done.

No other equipment’s except the transportation vehicles will be allowed.

Noise generated by these equipment’s by these equipment’s shall be

intermittent and does not cause much adverse impact.

Proper maintenance of all equipment’s/ machines will be carried out which

help in reducing noise during operations.

Plantation will be taken up along the approach roads and vicinity of river

bank. The plantation minimizes propagation of noise and also arrests dust.



4.7 IMPACT ON HYDROLOGICAL CONDITIONS

The study area itself being part of River Badi Kali Sindh, Ahu, Chandra Bhaga,

Rewa Nadi & their connected flow nallahs course carries surface as well as

ground water (under current). The flow of surface/ground water (sub surface

flow) is following the trend of topography, which is in the south to north

direction.

The area is part of river bed for more than nine months in a year except for the

rainy season. The Bajri will be mining up to the depth of 3mt will have

insignificant impact on water regime.

The ground water table which will be about 40 to 45m below the surface of river

bed in the mining area during the dry seasons will not be disturbed as ultimate

working depth will be 3m. Thus the mine operation will not affect the

hydrological conditions of the area. At the end of mining operations every yearly

season, the flood waters would replenish the mined material, thus it will be

positive impact on the ground water scenario in the subsequent mining period.

4.8 IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY

Mining causes lowering of riverbed level as well as river bed water level

resulting in lowering of groundwater table due to excessive extraction and

draining out of groundwater from the adjacent areas, if general ground water

table is higher than riverbed level. In case the general ground water level is

lower than riverbed water level, then it will have positive impact as ground

water table will be recharged vertically as well as laterally. The former case

may cause shortage of water for the vegetation and human settlement in the

vicinity, but in later case it will help improve situation.



River is recharging the ground water; excessive mining will reduce the

thickness of the natural filter materials (sediments), infiltration through which

the ground water is recharged, so restriction in depth becomes necessity.

Mitigation Measures

Mining in the area will be done well above the water table as well as river bed

water level therefore; much impact on water regime is not anticipated. The

water table is at 40-45 m below river bed level while the workings in the area

are proposed up to a max. depth of 3m from river bed working is proposed, so

that water level is not touched.

No waste water will be generated from the mining activity of minor minerals as

the project only involves lifting of Bajri from river bed.

Mining neither intersect ground water table nor river bed water level. So not at

all disturbing water environment.

4.9 IMPACT ON FLORA

4.9.1 Flora in Buffer Zone

As the mining activities will be confined to core zone only, no adverse

impact is foreseen on the flora of the forest area.

4.9.2 Flora in Core Zone

Excavation in the mining area and construction of roads, offices etc. does

not affect the flora in the area where these operations are carried out.

Plantation will be carried out on approach roads and nearby vicinity at river

banks areas will, over a period of time, upgrade the flora.



4.10 IMPACT ON FAUNA

The adverse impacts on fauna are mainly due to:

Human Activity

Noise

Land Degradation

Deforestation

4.10.1 Impact on Ecological Factor

No forest land in the applied lease area. It is entirely a Govt. waste land. No

Endangered species found in the area, so no adverse impact on the flora and

fauna. Excavation in the mining area does not affect the flora in the area where

these operations are carried out.

4.10.2 Control Measures for Ecological factors

Since there is no endangered species of flora & fauna observed in core zone as

well as in study area, so no adverse impacts on the flora & fauna, therefore

measures are not required.

The impact on the fauna of the buffer zone due to the mining activity

will be marginal. As there are very few trees / shrubs in the area,

deforestation will not be significant factor in impact on fauna.

Fauna in the core zone is minimal, as most of the area is either

unirrigated agricultural land or waste land. Even so, by restricting mining

at any time to small areas, impact on fauna will be kept to the minimum.

However, progressive plantation activity being undertaken will over a

period of time create conditions favorable for fauna.



4.11 IMPACT ON LAND ENVIRONMENT

4.11.1 Land Use in Buffer Zone

No adverse impact is anticipated on land use of buffer zone due to the

proposed mining operations, as all the related activities are confined to

the core zone.

4.11.2 Impact on land use pattern including change of river course

If the mining is not carried out in a systematic manner by leaving sufficient

safety barriers from bank then it may disturb the river flow/course.

Stacking of unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) on the

bank side of the river will hinder the flow of water in monsoon season, raise

water level upstream, which may lead to bank cutting or flouting.

Deviation from planned mining procedures can lead to river channel shifting

as well as degradation of surrounding land, causing loss of properties and

degradation of landscape.

Mining within a river bed may have some impact on the stream’s physical

characteristics, such as channel geometry, bed elevation in stream roughness of

the bed, flow velocity, discharge capacity, sediment transportation capacity etc.

Alteration or modification of the above attributes may cause noticeable

hazardous impact on ecological equilibrium of riverine regime.

Mitigation Measures

Mineral will be mined out in central position of stream and sufficient safety

barrier say 10% of width will be left towards bank side. So that the river

flow/course will not get disturbed.

Mining of minerals will be started from dip side towards rise at the center and

also laterally in 3 meter slice so that the river course will not get affected.

Unwanted material or spillage (if any) will not be stacked by the side of the

excavation voids created. This is to be done so, because it will otherwise hinder

the flow of water in monsoon season.



Mining is to done leaving safety barrier on both sides and maximum barrier

should be on concave side of river preferably the flow channel (excavation void

created) should be kept straight so as to help avoid erosion as side cutting.

4.11.3 Land Degradation Control Measures

The present land use, land use after 5 years working land use of the leasehold

area is given in below table.

TABLE 4.2: LAND USE PATTERN-EXISTING & UP TO END OF LEASE

PERIOD (5 YRS) (IN HACTARE)

S. No. Particulars Existing Up to Planning

5th year

1 Area under mining -- 130.0

2 Area covered by dumps -- --

3 Railway line -- --

4 Infrastructure, Road 0.59 0.70

5 Green Belt including dumps -- 37.5

6 Remaining virgin Govt. waste land 1694.47 1526.86

Total 1695.06 1695.06

4.12 IMPACT ON SOIL

No major impact on soil of the study area is envisaged due to mining activities

as there is no stack emission and fugitive emission shall remain confined locally

within working area and emission at haul road will be controlled by water

sprinkling and plantation.

4.13 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

4.13.1 Human Settlement

The villages and their inhabitants in the buffer zone will not be disturbed

from their settlements due to the mining operations.

There is no inhabitation within the applied lease area. Therefore neither

villages nor any part of village or any hamlet will be disturbed during the



entire life of the mine. As the mining operations will not disturb or

relocate any village or settlement, no adverse impact is anticipated on any

human settlement.

4.13.2 Employment

The area is considered as industrially backward. The population in general

do not have opportunities of earning from employment. The only

employment to depend on is agriculture, which is seasonal. In the absence of

any high employment potential activities, the people are economically

backward. The mining operations are providing employment to 523 persons.

The various indirect employment opportunities have also been generated.

Several persons of the neighboring villages have been benefited with

contract works, employment through contractors, running of jeeps, trucks,

tractors and buses on hire, different kind of shops and transport related

business avenues.

4.13.3 ECONOMIC STATUS

There are some people who are engaged in trading of ordinary sand (Bajri).

Therefore, due to mining of Bajri the per capita income of local people will be

improved.

The local people have been provided with either direct employments or

indirect employment such as business, contract works and development

work like roads, etc. and other welfare amenities such as medical facilities,

conveyance, free education, drinking water supply etc.

The job / business opportunities have improved the economic condition of the

persons. They are in a position to utilize this money for purchase of tractors,

trucks, jeeps, etc. which may be put into use for business purposes. Part of



money has also been utilized in starting of some business as per person’s

skills.

4.13.4 Agriculture

The agricultural activities are seen in the areas where there is sufficient

soil cover. The buffer zone will remain undisturbed and no adverse impact is

envisaged.

4.13.5 Sensitive Targets

There are no places of Tourist, religious & Historical importance in core zone.

Therefore, no adverse impacts are anticipated.

4.13.6 Impact on Occupational Health & Safety

The mining in the area will be done with all safety measures under the

supervision of qualified staff. The workers will be provided dust mask, safety

boot, helmet and other safety equipment. A well-equipped first aid station will

be maintained at site. Medical check-up of the workers will be done once in a

year to check occupational diseases, if any.

4.13.7 Measures to Control Occupational Health Hazard & Safety

For mitigating the aspect the following measures will be implemented: -

i. Regular water sprinkling on haul roads.

ii. Dust mask will be provided to the workers,

iii. Periodical medical examinations will be carried out for the workers as per

Norms,

iv. Medical records will be keep maintained,

v. Medical facilities to the workers,

vi. Any early symptom of diseases, if observed, such workers will be taken off in

the dusty atmosphere and suitable employed elsewhere,

vii. Personal Protective Equipment’s will be provided to the workers,

viii. Vocational Training will be provided to the workers.



ix. Safety of the employee during mining will be taken care as per Mine

Regulations 1961.

4.14 DETAILS OF INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES FOR WORKER

A. Water for drinking & other purpose will be arranged.

b. All the safety equipment’s such as helmets, safety shoes, goggles, dust masks

etc.

c. A well-equipped first aid facilities,

d. Periodic medical health check-ups,

e. Office cum store is available in the applied ML area.

4.15 STRUCTURED ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AND ACTION

PLAN

The applicant has endeavored the mitigation measures of potential impact

and aspects of operation.

TABLE 4.3: ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MATRIX

Environmental

Setting &

baseline

Aspect of

Operation

Potential

impacts Mitigation measures

1. Air

1. Ore handling

Fugitive

Emissions &

Noise

Effective water

sprinklers

2.Transportation

Fugitive

Emissions &

Noise

Effective water

sprinklers

The Regional

emissions well

within norms

-- -- --

2. Water 1. Ore excavation

1.

Contamination

Provision of reducing

turbidity & SS

2. Altered Provision of rain



Existing water

quality is

potable

hydrologic

regime

water harvesting

========********=======



CHAPTER – V

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

5.1 INTRODUCTION

Success of any environmental management programme depends upon the

efficiency of the organizational set up responsible for Implementation of the

programme. Post project monitoring is an essential part to check the impact of

any project activity. Hence monitoring of various environmental parameters will

be carried out a regular basis to ascertain the following:

To assess environmental impacts.

State of pollution within the applied mine lease and in its vicinity.

Planning for predictive or corrective actions in respect of pollution to keep it

within permissible limits.

Examine the efficiency of pollution control system adopted at the site.

Monitoring will be carried out at side as per the statutory requirements.

Environmental monitoring will be taken up for various environmental

components as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter

issued by MOEF & Consent to operate issued by the State Pollution Control

Board. Compliance of same will be submitted to respective authorities on

regular basis.

5.2 ENVIRONMRNTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the stipulated standard,

regular monitoring of various environmental component is necessary which will

complied as per condition for this an Environmental Management team will be

constituted.



FIGURE 5.1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

ORGANISATIONAL CHART

5.2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY:

Project proponent is committed to providing a quality service in a manner that

ensures a safe and healthy workplace for employees and minimizes potential

impact on the environment. They will operate in compliance with all relevant

environmental legislation and strive to use pollution prevention and

environmental best practices.

The Applicant will:-

Integrate the consideration of environmental concerns and impacts into all

the decision making & activities.

Promote environmental awareness among the employees and encourage them

to work in an environmentally responsible manner.

Trained, educate and inform our employees about environmental issues that

may affect their work.

Where required by legislation or where significant health, safety or

environmental hazards exist, develop and maintain appropriate emergency and

spill response programmes.

UNSKILLED/SKILLED LABOURS

Asst. / MANAGER (ENVIRONMENT) (M.Sc. Env. Sci.)

MINES OWNER (LESSEE)

MINES MANAGER



Strive to continually improve our environmental performance and minimize

the social impact and damage of activities by periodic review of environmental

policy in light of current and planned future activities.

5.3 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

TEAM (EMT)

The said team is responsible for:

1. Collecting water and air samples, work zone monitoring for air

pollutants.

2. Analyzing the water and air samples.

3. Implementing the control and protective measures.

4. Coordinating the environment related activities within the project as well as

with outside agencies.

5. Collecting statistics on health of workers and population of surroundings

villages.

6. Green belt development etc.

7. Monitoring and evaluating the progress of implementation

of environmental management programme.

5.4 MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS

To evaluate the effectiveness of environmental management programme,

regular monitoring of the important environment parameters will be taken up.

The schedule, duration and parameters to be monitored are shown in table:



TABLE 5.1: MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

PARAMETERS

Particulars Monitoring

Frequencies

Duration

of Station Important Monitoring Parameters

Surface /

Ground

water

Once in a

year Grab

pH, SS, TDS, Iron, Hardness,

Alkalinity Chlorides, Nitrates

Sulphate & Flourides

Ambient air

monitoring

Once in a

Quarter. 24 hr. PM10, SOx and NOx

Noise

Monitoring

Once in a

quarter 8 hr. Level in dB(A) and dB(C)

Soil

Sampling

Once in a

year Grab

PH, Conductivity, Sulphate, Nitrate,

Phosphates, Alkalinity & texture.

5.5 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

The below table give overall investment on the environmental safeguards

and recurring expenditure for successful monitoring and implementation of

control measures.

TABLE 5.2: COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

(Investment and Recurring cost Rs. Lakh)

S. No Particulars Capital cost Recurring cost / annum

1. Pollution control 10.00 2.00

2. Pollution monitoring 10.00 2.00

3. Green belt on virgin

area 15.00 3.00

4. Occupational health 10.00 2.00

5. Miscellaneous (fencing

etc.) 5.00 1.00

TOTAL 50.00 10.00



Total investment on environmental improvement works envisaged is Rs.

50.00 lakhs and recurring expenditure during the stage of production is Rs.

10.00 lakhs per year.

========********=======



CHAPTER – VI

ADDITIONAL STUDIES: DISASTER MANAGEMENT

6.1 INTRODUCTION

All types of industries face certain types of hazards which can disrupt normal

activities abruptly, similarly River Bed Mining also has impending dangers or

risk which need be addressed for which a disaster management plan has been

formulated with an aim of taking precautionary steps to avert disasters and

also to take such action after the disaster which limits the damage to the

minimum.

Nevertheless, the following natural problems may be encountered during the

mining operation.

1. Increase in gradient of the river – one of the most frequently occurring

hazards of the riverbed mining is the increase of river gradient due to

haphazard mining practices. Due to selective mining in vast patches of the bed,

the amount of suspended load, turbidity and velocity of the water may increase

which may affect the overall behavior of the stream.

2. Dumping of waste material – The waste left from the river bed mining

consists of unusable aggregates and mainly clay. The clay is generally dumped

back in the mined out areas. Subsequently the clay gets mixed with stream

water to result in increased turbidity and siltation downstream.

3. Water pollution – The left over aggregates are fine-grained particles

that are lifted easily by increase of stream water velocity. Retention times of

these particles are long and quality of water is affected consequently.

As per proposal made under the mining plan, during proposed working the area

will be developed by means of manuals opencast mining method. Exploitation

and transportation of minerals are to be carried out by manual means. Water

table will not be touched during processed working. No high risk accidents like

landslides, subsidence flood etc. have been apprehended.



But possibility of accidental disaster is also not ruled out. Therefore, all the

statutory precautions should be taken for quick evacuation as per the Mines Act

1952, the Mines Rules 1955, MMR-1961 and MCDR-1988.

6.2 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

The possible risks in the case of riverbed mining project are bank erosion,

floods, accidents due to transportation etc.

Mining and allied activities are associated with several potential hazards to

both the employees and the public at large. A worker in a mine should be able to

work under condition, which are adequately safe and healthy. At the same time,

the environmental condition should be such as not to impair his working

efficiency. This is possible only when there is adequate safety in mines. Hence,

safety is one of the most essential aspects of any working mine. safety of the

mine and the employees will be taken care according to the mining rules &

regulations, which are well defined with laid down procedure for safety, which

when scrupulously followed safety is ensured not only to manpower but also to

working environment.

6.2.1 Possible Risks Due To Inundation & Its Control

Mining will be done during the non-monsoon periods; therefore, problem of

inundation is not likely to happen.

6.2.2 Dewatering

Depth of mine is limited to 3m depth only from the riverbed level whereas the

ground water flows at 40 to 45m below the bed level.

Hence, no dewatering is required.

6.2.3 Possible risks due to failure of pit slope & its control

Pit will be created of limited depth only i.e. 3m thus the chance of failure of pit

slope does not exist.



6.2.4 Possible risks due to failure of waste dump & its control

No waste dump is created therefore the question of failure of waste dump does

not exist.

6.2.5 Possible risks due to fire & its control

The operation does not anticipate any fire disaster.

6.2.6 Measures to Prevent Accidents Due to Trucks and Dumpers

All transportation within applied mining lease working should be carried out

directly under the supervision and control of the management.

The vehicles will be maintained in good condition and checked thoroughly at

least once a month by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the

management.

Road signs will be provided at each and every turning point up to the main

road (wherever required).

To avoid danger while reversing the equipment’s/ vehicles especially at the

working place / loading points, stopper should be posted to properly guide

reversing/ spotting operating, otherwise no person should be there within 10 km

radius of machine.

A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will go a

long way in reducing the incidents of such accidents.

6.2.7 Other possible measures to avoid risks/ disaster due to river bed mining.

Unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) should not be stacked

on the banks as it will hinder the flow of water in monsoon season.

Mining of minerals / working shall be started from the center from dip to rise

and then laterally in 1 meter slice so that the river course could not get affected.

The minerals will be mined out in a uniform way so that the river flow/ course

shall not get disturbed.

Riverbanks will not be excavated to from access ramps.

Only excavated river gravel should be used to deposit against the river bank to

form access ramps.



Maintenance and monitoring:

The area will be monitored every week by competent person and if maintenance

is needed will be done as per requirement.

6.3 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT, R&R ACTION PLAN

There will be the positive impact on the villagers of the nearby villages in the

form of employment, business promotion and social welfare. There is no human

settlement in the applied lease area. Thus there is no impact on the human

settlement and thus no R & R plan is required.

====*******====



CHAPTER-VII

PROJECT BENEFITS

7.1 INTRODUCTION

Indrajeet Singh Jhala is very much conscious of their obligation to society at

large. The management will help in overall socio economic development of the

area.

This is proposal for the production of ordinary sand (Bajri) proposed production

7,50,000 TPA of from applied mine (Area 1695.06 Ha) near Village: Bambori,

Bavrikheri, Aroliya, Biriya kheri khurd, Gindora, Jhalarapatan, Bakshpura,

Bagdar, Mundalya khera, Chand loi, Sagoriya, Rup pura, Kanwara, Kanwari,

Samiya, Gadari, Dhavli, Saranga khera, Narli, Binda, Jatamali, bhumari, Semli

bhawani, Chanvali, Gurariya, Asondiya, Khijarpur, Bhaumara, Soyat kalan,

Gugal heri, Gunjari, Achravan, Matwasa, Gadarwara nurji, Barana, Ratanpura,

Mori, Kans kheri, Kherkhera, Barodiya, Tehsil Jhalarapatan & Ramganj

Mandi, District: Jhalawar & Kota, (Rajasthan), by Indrajeet Singh Jhala.

7.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The area is Govt. waste land. The mining activity will generate of socioeconomic

benefits to the people of the area. There will be generation of employment to the

local people as well as their earning will increase. Additional facilities like that

educational, medical transportation etc. will be made available to the local

population. Overall positive impact will be on population. Due to mining

activity, increased revenue earnings in the area will lead to the development of

infrastructural facilities like that transport road, schools, Hospitals etc. The

Applicant will contribute to the various developmental activities in all the

nearby villages and will work for all round development viz., providing water

supply, communication and telecommunication facilities, creating



environmental awareness, imparting knowledge on agriculture, mechanization,

health and sanitation and most importantly ensuring a sustainable

development for the social upliftment of the habitats of the area. The promoters

will also provide funds for the various development activities of the neighboring

villages as and when required.

Promotion of social & economic status

Indrajeet Singh Jhala has contributed to the economical and social

development of the area. It will provide direct employment to about 523 people

and indirect employment to many more.

The applicant believes in the philosophy to provide better health and medical

facilities not only to their families but also to villagers.

7.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Though, there is local labour available but due to increase in mining activity,

there is possibility of migration of labour from the surrounding areas. But due

to increased revenue earning in the area there will be development of infra-

structure facilities such as transport, road, housing, schools as well as hospitals.

7.4 HEALTH & SAFETY

All safety measures i.e. safety appliances, safety awards, posters, slogan related

to safety etc. necessary safety equipment’s shall be provided to the workers like

helmets, safety boots, dust mask, ear muffs etc.

All necessary medical facilities are provided at mine site. Periodical health

checkup of the employees will be done. All necessary facilities will be provided

as per mines Rules. Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities

like drinking water etc. Periodical training programme to inform the employees

about their task, associated risk and safe working practices will be undertaken.



7.5 EMPLOYEMT POTENTIAL

With mining activities, local people will have a lot of direct and indirect

employment avenues opened up. There will be direct employment opportunities

in the mine and the secondary employment will also develop in the neighboring

villages by providing services to the employed manpower. Thus, the local people

will enjoy the economic upliftment.

7.5.1 Management & Supervisory Personal

For safe and systematic mining sufficient technical and supervisory staffs are

required at mine site, at present no non-technical & technical staffs are

employed in the mine. The proposal for employment of managerial and

supervisory staff has been furnished in the plan as given below.

TABLE 7.1: EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

S. No. Particulars Number

1 Mines manager 1

2 Mining mate 2

3 Driver 10

4 Vehicle helper 10

5 Labores 500

Total 523

Mining operation shall not be commenced conducted unless complete staff are

appointed as required under the Regulation 34(1)(a) of the MMR, 1961 and

relevant notice are sent to DGMS, Dhanbad with a copy of the same to the

Director of Mines Safety, Ajmer (Raj.).

7.6 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

Communication facilities will be created such as approach roads, telephones,

which will be beneficial for the local population. The project proponent will

arrange for the regular medical checkup camps for the employees which will be

also be extended for the villagers. Arrangements for the supply of drinking



water in the period of scarcity to the nearby villages will also be done by the

project proponent. Proper health & safety measures will be taken during the

workings.

The management will recruit the semi-skilled & unskilled workers from the

nearby villagers.

The project activity and the management will definitely support the local

panchayat and provide other form of assistance for the development of public

amenities in this region. The applicant management will contribute to the local

schools, dispensaries for the welfare of the villagers.

Green belt development / Plantation will be taken up in the vicinity of river

banks, along the approach roads, around Govt. building, schools.

====*******====



CHAPTER-VIII

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 INTRODUCTION

The environmental impact assessment presented in previous chapter is based

on the control measures. It is concluded that the mining activities having

substantial, but reversible impact on environment and the suggestive measures

should be taken so as to minimize the impacts.

Environmental management plan details the environmental quality control

measures which are proposed for this project to achieve the production of

7,50,000 TPA of ordinary sand (Bajri) Minor Minerals by complying with the

stipulated standard limit specified by state pollution control board and CPCB.

Environment Management Plan, which is to be implemented in the project has

detailed under the following heads:

Land use pattern and river course environment

Air Environment

Water Environment

Noise Environment

Solid waste Management

Biological Environment including Plantation Development

Implementation of EMP and monitoring Programme

8.2 LAND USE PATTERN AND RIVER COURSE ENVIRONMENT

Land degradation is one of the major adverse impact of opencast mining

activities related to mining and any effort to control adverse impacts would

be incomplete without appropriate land reclamation strategy.



Deviation from planned mining procedure can lead to bank erosion/cutting and

thereby river channel shifting degradation of land, causing loss of properties

and degradation surrounding of landscape. Thus for environment friendly river

bed mining the following control/abatement measures will be followed:

Sand (Bajri) will be mined out in central position of stream and sufficient

safety barrier say 10% of width will be left towards bank side. So that the river

flow / course will not get disturbed.

Mining of sand will be started from dip side towards rise at the center and also

laterally in 3 meter slice so that the river course will not get affected. Unwanted

material including mineral or spillage (if any) will not be stacked by the side of

the excavation area. If need be done then it should be dozed afterwards in

excavation voids created. This is to be done so, because it will otherwise hinder

the flow of water in monsoon season.

Leaving safety barrier on both sides and maximum barrier should be on

concave side of river preferably the flow channel (excavation void created)

should be kept straight so as to help avoid erosion as side cutting.

In the first five years, mining excavation will be excavated and next year dig

will be replenishment with monsoon season.

8.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

In order to minimize impacts of mining on air and to maintain it within the

prescribed limits of CPCB/SPCB, an Environment Management Plan (EMP) has

been prepared. This will help in resolving all environmental and ecological

issues likely to cause due to mining in the area.

During the course of mining no toxic substances are released into the

atmosphere as such there seems to be no potential threat to health of human

beings.



In river bed mining activities, the only source of gaseous emission is from the

engines of vehicles. The reasons may be quality of fuel, improper operation of

the engine, etc. proper maintenance of engines will improve combustion process

and brings reduction in pollution. The fugitive dust generation during mining

and transportation requires some mitigation.

Measures to Prevent Generation & Dispersal of Dust

Dust particles that are normally generated during various mining

operations when become airborne lead to increase in PM10 level in the

ambient air. Another source of dust generation is the transport of material by

vehicle. Dust suppression by water spraying is adopted on the roads.

Maintenance of transported vehicles and maintenance of kutchha road on

regular basis. Regular water spraying on haulage roads during transportation of

sand and waste by water sprinklers.

Plantation will be carried out on approach roads & nearby vicinity of river

bank.

To control the emissions regular preventive maintenances of equipment’s will

be done to adopt corrective actions wherever needed.

It is being ensured that all transportation vehicles will carry a valid PUC

certificate.

Dust mask will be provided to the employs.

8.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The noise level monitoring carried out in the area has indicated that the

present noise levels in mine site are generally within limits. The

deployments of vehicles for transport and other auxiliary operations have

increased the noise level but are naturally attenuated within applied lease area

itself.



Measures to Control Pollution due to the Noise

The following control measures are being taken to keep the ambient noise

levels well within limits:

8.4.1 Noise Abatement and Control

Proper maintenance of all machines will be carried out, which help in reducing

generation of noise during operations.

No other equipment’s accept the transportation vehicles as tractor trolley is

allowed.

Noise generated by these equipment’s is intermittent and does not cause much

adverse impact.

Periodical monitoring of noise will be done to adopt corrective actions

wherever needed.

Plantation will be taken up along the approach roads and on river bank. The

plantation minimizes propagation of noise and also arrests dust.

General precaution for blasting will be taken up as following:-

No drilling and blasting involved in this project.

8.5 WATER MANAGEMENT

8.5.1 Surface & Ground Water Management

Mining in the area will be done well above the water table as well as river bed

water level therefore impact on water regime is not anticipated. The ground

water level of applied lease area is 40m to 45m from the BGL. River bed mining

will be up to depth of 3m from the surface.

Mining will not intersect the river bed water level or ground water table of the

area. So not at all disturbing water environment.

The mining from river bed does not have any impact on topography and

natural drainage of surrounding area as no part of land outside river bed is

disturbed and the void formed dust excavated Bajri (Minerals) from river bed is



filled bank generally during monsoon season, more or less restoring to original

position thus not affecting normal drainage in the river channel also.

8.5.2 Waste Water Management

No waste water will be generated from the mining activity of minor minerals as

the project only involves lifting Bajri from river bed in dry state.

8.6 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

No solid waste is generated from the said mining operations.

There is no toxic element present in the mineral which may contaminate the

soil.

8.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

8.7.1 Floral and Faunal Environment of the Study Area

The project is only of extraction of minor minerals viz. Ordinary sand (Bajri)

from the river bed.

There will be no significant impact of the river bed mining project on the

biological diversity found in the 10km. radius of the site.

The applied mining lease area is in non-forest land where presence of fauna is

very rare. No endangered species of fauna is found in and around applied lease

area. As such, there will be no adverse impact of the mining activity on fauna

around the applied mining lease area.

No adverse impacts will be envisaged on the existing aquatic flora & fauna if

any on downstream side (away from site) as the mine workings confined to

above water level only and at all touching/disturbing water table.

No adverse impacts will be envisaged on the terrestrial flora and fauna as the

working are restricted to river bed only.

To study the floral and faunal diversity of the 10km radius a detailed

biological study has been carried out and suggested mitigation measures are



proposed there in so that there will be no impact on the biological diversity of

the forests falling in the proximity of the site.

8.7.2 Plantation Development

The main aim of plantation of mine areas is to control dust/noise in the

area, and to protect land from erosion and provide an aesthetic landscape.

Keeping the up to the plan period in mine the stage wise plantation will

be done.

Plantation is an important sink of air pollutants including noise. Green cover

in mining area not only helps in reducing pollution level, but also improves the

aesthetic and beneficially influence the microclimate of the surrounding.

It also attracts the animals to re-colonize the area when the mine is

abandoned. However green belt may be developed with plant species suitable to

the area.

The species, selected for plantation should have rapid growth, evergreen, large

crown volume and small/pendulous leave with smooth surface. In this river bed

mining project plantation will be developed along the approach roads and sides

of river bank. Thick plantation will work as a pollutant arrestor, reduces floods

as well as avoids the situation of erosion of soil during monsoon season. For the

selection of plantation species, will be discussed with Forest Department.

Total 37.5 hectare are will be covered by the plantation. It will arrest

environmental pollution, erosion and upgrade the scenic beauty of the area.

Planting and sowing operations are followed up with adequate post

plantation care, which includes replacement of casualties.



TABLE 8.1: STAGE WISE PLANTATION PROGRAMME

Year

Along the Road

side

Along the Lease

Area

Total

Area

(Hect.) Trees

Area

(Hect.) Trees

Area

(Hect.) Trees

I 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

II 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

III 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

IV 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

V 3.75 3750 3.75 3750 7.5 7500

Total 18.75 18750 18.75 18750 37.5 37500

Protection of Plantation Sites

The reclaimed and afforested areas have to be protected from cattle

menace, human interference, soil erosion, plant diseases, etc. Check bunds,

masonry chutes, protected drains, etc. will be constructed wherever required

to control and regulate the water flow to prevent soil erosion and

washing away of nutrients. Plants will be protected from diseases by the

application of proper pesticides. Soil workings, manuring etc. will be done

whenever necessary. Plants will be protected from cattle menace and

human interference by providing fencing and proper watch and ward.

8.7.3 General Guidelines for Plantation Development

Trees growing upto 5m or more in height will be planted around the vicinity of

river bank.

Trees will be planted along roadsides, to arrest auto – exhaust and noise

pollution, and in such a way that there is no direct line of sight to the working

site when viewed from a point outside the foliage perimeter.

Since tree trunks are normally devoid of foliage (upto 3mt.), it will be

appropriate to have shrubbery in form of such trees to give coverage to trunk

portion of these trees.

Fast growing trees with thick perennial foliage will be grown, as it will take

many years for other trees to grow to their full height.



In order to facilitate the proper growth of vegetation, limited measures

involving preparation of seedbed with suitable amount of fertilizers and

treatment with mulches will be taken.

Vegetation cover generally helps in:

Stabilizing erodible slopes to minimize pollution.

Control of dust.

Enhancement of aesthetic value.

Maximizing evpo-transpiration, which helps minimizing run off.

Reducing noise.

For re-vegetation, the plants and saplings suitable for the existing soils and site

condition may consider. It is recommended to plant fast growing local plant

species, which can adapt to the local climate.

This has to be done in consultation with local Government Horticulturist.

8.8 SOCIO – ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

8.8.1 Management Plan for Socio-Economic Environment

The environmental management plan has been developed with a view to

bring down the levels of impacts as discussed in the last chapter within

limits. In each of the areas of impact, measures have to be taken to reduce

potentially significant adverse impacts and where these are beneficial in

nature, such impacts are to be enhanced/augmented so that the overall

adverse impacts are reduced to as low level as possible.

For the socio economic development about 10 lacs will be spent up to operational

phase.

There will be over all positive effect on social life on the local people, as they will

get job opportunity, transport and medical facilities so the mining activities will

benefit them directly or indirectly.

1. Ordinary sand production and employment opportunities.



2. Reduction in the migration of jobless laborers from native place to other

distant places.

3. Interaction of local people with outsides, and improvement in

communication, which will enhance their present status of knowledge and

confidence.

Employment

The mining operations will employ about total 523 persons. Preference will be

given to the local population while inducting any manpower. The future

mining activity would provide indirect employment to a large number of

local population in activities like planting and watering of trees for green

belt development.

Business Promotion

While offloading the jobs to outside parties’ preference will be given to the local

people.

8.9 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH

Safety of employee during mining operation and maintenance of mining

equipment will be taken care as per MMR 1961 & MCDR 1988. To avoid

any adverse effect on the health of workers due to dust, noise sufficient

measures have been provided in the mining project. These include:

Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking

water, toilets etc.

Provision of personal protection devices to the workers.

Dust suppression on haul road.

First-aid box with all necessary facilities will be provided at the mining area.

Capital cost & recurring cost for the occupational health is proposed 10 lacks

& 2 Lacs.



8.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Apart from having an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent

organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective

implementation.

The Applicant will undertake to monitor the environmental pollution levels

by measuring ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise levels

etc., by appointing external agencies. The applicant will ensure that the

pollution is limited to allowable values and to take corrective action if

required.

In case the monitored results of environmental pollution are found to

exceed the allowable values, the Environmental Management Cell will

suggest remedial action and get these suggestions implemented through

the concerned departments.

The Environmental Management Cell will also co-ordinate all the related

activities such as collection of statistics of health of workers and population

of the region, afforestation and green belt development.

8.10.1 Aesthetic Environment

The plantation of a number of various species in the proposed area for

plantation will improve the aesthetic environment over this area.

====*******====



CHAPTER – IX

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

9.1 INTRODUCTION

Shri Indrajeet Singh Jhala, has proposed the minor mineral of ordinary sand

(Bajri) production capacity 7, 50,000 TPA to Mine (Area 1695.06 Ha) near

Village: Bambori, Bavrikheri, Aroliya, Biriya kheri khurd, Gindora,

Jhalarapatan, Bakshpura, Bagdar, Mundalya khera, Chand loi, Sagoriya, Rup

pura, Kanwara, Kanwari, Samiya, Gadari, Dhavli, Saranga khera, Narli, Binda,

Jatamali, bhumari, Semli bhawani, Chanvali, Gurariya, Asondiya, Khijarpur,

Bhaumara, Soyat kalan, Gugal heri, Gunjari, Achravan, Matwasa, Gadarwara

nurji, Barana, Ratanpura, Mori, Kans kheri, Kherkhera, Barodiya, Tehsil

Jhalarapatan & Ramganj Mandi, District: Jhalawar & Kota, (Rajasthan).

As per the New Notification 14th September 2006, this project falls in Category

‘A’ and therefore this project requires Environmental Clearance from EAC

(mining) of EAC, New Delhi.

‘Terms of References’ (ToR) presentation for the project have been done at EAC,

New Delhi, before Expert Appraisal Committee and the committee has

suggested Terms of References (ToR) vide EAC, New Delhi, vide Letter No. J-

11015/328/2013-IA-II (M), dated 22.11.2013 to be incorporated in the

preparation of EIA/EMP Report.

9.2 AVAILABLITY OF FUNDS FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

MEASURES

9.2.1 Funds for Green Belt Protection

The management of Indrajeet Singh Jhala river bed mine is very conscious to

minimize the existing pollution load in the applied lease area. A thick canopy

cover of green belt will be developed as discussed in the earlier chapters. Over



7500 numbers of trees/year will be invested for environmental protection

measures. A recurring amount of Rs. 3.00 lacs. will be spent every year.

9.2.2 Funds for Dust Suppression

Water is spread around the mining area through tankers to control the dust

suppression. A recurring amount of Rs. 2.00 lacs. will be spent every year.

9.3 DETAILS OF THE PROJECT

TABLE 9.1: PROJECT DETAILS

Particulars Details

Name of project River Bed mining project of Ordinary

Sand

Name of River Badi Kali Sindh, Ahu, Chandra Bhaga,

Rewa Nadi & their connected flow nallahs

Mine

Near Village Bambori, Bavrikheri, Aroliya, Biriya


Bakshpura, Bagdar, Mundalya khera,

Chand loi, Sagoriya, Rup pura,

Kanwara, Kanwari, Samiya, Gadari,

Dhavli, Saranga khera, Narli, Binda,

Jatamali, bhumari, Semli bhawani,

Chanvali, Gurariya, Asondiya,

Khijarpur, Bhaumara, Soyat kalan,

Gugal heri, Gunjari, Achravan,

Matwasa, Gadarwara nurji, Barana,

Ratanpura, Mori, Kans kheri,

Kherkhera, Barodiya,

Tehsil Jhalarapatan & Ramganj Mandi

District Jhalawar & Kota

State Rajasthan

Latitude 24°41’24.96’’ to 24°12’49.56’’ N

Longitude 75°59’34.80’’ to 76°14’45.80” E

Area of the Mine 1695.06 ha.

Manpower (proposed) 523 persons

Water Requirement 15.0 KLD



Green Belt Development

(proposed) 37.5 ha

Capital Cost for EMP 50.0 lac

Annual Recurring Cost

from EMP 10.0 lac

Capital Cost of the

Project 85.0 Lacs.

9.4 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

9.4.1 Monitoring Programme

The implementation of these mitigation measures, it is important to monitor

various environmental parameters so as to ensure proper working of all the

environmental control measures. This section presents the monitoring schedule

and infrastructural requirement for environmental protection in given below

table.

TABLE 9.2: MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR

ENVIRONMENTALPARAMETERS

Particulars Monitoring

Frequencies

Duration

of Station

Important Monitoring

Parameters

Surface/

Ground water

Once in a

Year Grab

pH, SS, TDS, Iron, Hardness,

Alkalinity Chlorides, Nitrates

Sulphate & Flourides

Ambient air

monitoring

Once in a

Quarter. 24 hr. PM10, SOx and NOx

Noise

Pollution

Once in a

Quarter. - Level in dB(A) and dB(C)

Soil

sampling

Once in a

Quarter. -

PH, Conductivity, Sulphate,

Nitrate, Phosphates, Alkalinity

& texture.



9.5 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

The below table give overall investment on the environmental safeguards and

recurring expenditure for successful monitoring and implementation of

control measures.

TABLE 9.3: COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

(Investment and Recurring cost Rs. Lakh)

S. No Particulars Capital cost Recurring cost / annum

1. Pollution control 10.00 2.00

2. Pollution monitoring 10.00 2.00

3. Green belt on virgin

area 15.00 3.00

4. Occupational health 10.00 2.00

5. Miscellaneous (fencing

etc.) 5.00 1.00

TOTAL 50.00 10.00

Total investment on environmental improvement works envisaged is Rs.

50.00 lakhs and recurring expenditure during the stage of production is Rs.

10.00 lakhs per year.

9.6 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

The project proponent has planned to develop 37.5 ha along the raod and

applied lease area. This will help in reducing the spread of pollutants and will

also be effective in attenuating noise levels.

9.7 RECOMMENDATION

M/s Udaipur Min –Tech Pvt. Ltd. survey reveals that the management will

stress on improvement of Environment. Regular water spraying will be

practiced. The management will provide ear muffs, shooes, train the person for

their use and helmets to the workers in the mine.



The regular medical check-up of workers will be carried out. Green belt

development is to be stressed and workers must be motivated for plantation

care.

The general environmental awareness will be given to the local workers.

Regular maintenance of vehicles will be carried out. Slogans of Environment,

health & safety will be displayed in the local language.

The verbal interactions with neighboring villagers reveals that due to river

bed mining no impact on water level is antibuted. Hence significantly no impact

will be there due to mining activity. However, the mine is fresh area and no

significant problems are reported by the villagers. The management must

keenly celebrate the importance of World Environment Day to create

awareness amongst the workers. Conservation of soil and water must be

emphasized not only at works but also at their own place. With the

proposal of Environment management plan and intention of continual

improvement the mine may be accorded environmental clearance.

=======********========



CHAPTER – X

Disclosure of consultants engaged

(RQP/UDP/354/2009/B)

The consultant engaged for the preparation of the EIA/EMP of the project is

M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. The information about the company with

address is as follows:

INTRODUCTION:

Realizing the need for multi-disciplinary and pragmatic approach to mine

development and mine environment management, a few dedicated Mining

engineers & Geo-scientists with decades of practical experience started

M/S Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. company as a consultancy organization in

1994 registered as company with the Registrar of Companies, Rajasthan and

got recognized (RQP/UDP/354/2009/B) from Indian Bureau of Mines, Ministry of

Mines, Govt. of India and ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2004, & 18001:2007 Certified

Company and accreditation by NABET “A’’ category for open cast mines. Today

it has grown not only to handle anything in mining of non-fuel minerals

but ready to face any challenging environmental assignment in the field of

mining industry and modification of varied industries and environmental

clearance of diverse industries.

M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. Provides services in the field of

Environmental impact assessment and management for Mining area.

OUR SERVICES:

We provide wide range of services. These include:



At Mining Services:-

Evolution of Mineral property and feasibility studies.

Preparation of Mining Plan, Scheme of Mining with Mine Closure

Plan(Progressive & Final) as per MCR1960, MCDR 1988 & GCDR 1999.

Up gradation & Processing of Non-Metallic Minerals.

At Environmental Services:

EIA / EMP report.

Monitoring of Ambient Air quality, Stack emissions, Work zone air

quality, Source monitoring and Control.

Monitoring of water, Waste water, and Pollution source identification and

control process.

Monitoring of Soil Quality, Noise level, Solid waste or Sludge quality.

Environmental audit, Industrial risk assessment and risk management and

hazardous waste management.

ACHIEVEMENTS:-

The Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd.(UMTPL) in a short period after its

inception has prepared more than 1000 Mining Plan and Scheme of

mining with Progressive Mine Closure/Final Mine Closure Plan of various

minerals in Rajasthan, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Assam & M.P. and more

than 950 of them have already approved from IBM-

Udaipur/Dehradun/Ajmer/Nagpur, Deptt. Of Mines & Geology-Rajasthan,

Deptt. of Geology & Mining –Gandhinagar (Gujarat), Deptt. of Geology &

Mining- Bhopal(MP).

UMTPL has conducted Mine Surveys, Geological Mapping,

Geological reserves as per UNFC, Mine Planning, Environment monitoring for

various mines in different states of India as well as Abroad.

UMTPL has prepared during year 2000-01 to 2010-11, more than 150

EIA/EMP report of various major mineral mines for MOEF, New Delhi,



SEIAA – Jaipur, SEIAA-Gandhinagar, SEIAA-Shimla and 100 of them have

already secured approval & Environmental clearance. The 25 EMP in cluster

approved from Dist. Level Environment Committee in Rajasthan as per

RMMCR -2012.

The UMTPL has also prepared during year 2012-13, more than 50 EC cases of

minor mineral mines for SEIAA-Jaipur, SEIAA-Gandhinagar, SEIAA-Shimla,

SEIAA-Haryana & Panjab & SEIAA-Mumbai.

THE CORE TEAM:

The key persons of team are:

1) Mr. S. S. BIST – M.Sc. (Geology), M.Tech. (Applied Geology) & PG Diploma in

Environment & Ecology, RQP (IBM), MMGI, FGSI etc. having 20 years

professional experience of survey and geological mapping, prospecting & mine

planning for various non-metallic/metallic minerals, preparation of pre-

feasibility& feasibility report, preparation of Mining plan/Scheme of Mining

with PMCP/FMCP, Preparation of EIA/EMP report and mining of Granite,

Marbles etc.

2) Mr. B. L. MOD- Diploma in Mining and AMIE(Mining) with First Class

Mine Manager Certificate of competency (Unrestricted), Certified Mine

Surveyor’s Certificate of competency (Unrestricted), RQP(IBM), MMGI, C.

Engg. MIE, MMEA, having 45 years working experience in field of mining

viz underground as well as opencast mine of various metallic and non-metallic

mineral in India as well as abroad. Preparation of Mining plan/Scheme of

Mining with PMCP/FMCP, preparation of EIA/EMP report.

3) Mr. S. K. MOHTA – Diploma in Mining with First Class Mine Manager

Certificate having 45 years working experience in field of mining viz

underground as well as opencast mine of various metallic and non-metallic

mineral in India as well as abroad.

4) Mr. S. N. SHARMA-B.E in Mining with First Class Mine Manager



Certificate, PG Diploma in Marketing Management, RQP(IBM) Nagpur,

Maharashtra having 31 years working experience in field of mining viz.

underground as well as open cast mine of various metallic and nonmetallic

mineral in India. Preparation of Mining Plan/ Scheme of Mining with

PMCP/FMCP, Preparation of EIA/EMP report of Mining project.

5)Mr. U. C. SHARMA- M.E in Environmental Engineering, B.E in Civil

Engineering, MBA in H.R, having 20 years’ experience in field of Civil

Environment Engineer. Preparation of EIA/EMP report of Mining Project.

6) Mr. N. S. NARUKA- M. Phil. (Environment Management), M.Sc.

(Environment Science), Lead Auditor for (ISO14001:2004) EMS, and Diploma in

Industrial Safety, having over 10 years of work experience in the

Environmental Impact Assessment & Analysis with report writing. Evaluation

and preparation of EIA’s of Mining project for environmental clearance.

7.) Dr. DIPANWITA BHAKAT –Ph.D. (Environmental Science), M. Tech. &

M.Sc. (Environmental Science), is having over 2 years of teaching experience in

Environmental Science.

Besides, our team of Professionals is given below:

1 Ashok Kumar Pardesi Diploma in Mining & Certified Surveyor.

2 Rashmi Shrimali M. Sc.(Chemistry)

3 Jitendra Singh Sankhala B.E.(Mining)

4 Rajveer Singh M.Sc.(Remote Sensing & GIS)

5 Kamlesh Kumar M.Sc. (Environment Science)

6 Kamod Kanwar Rathore M.Sc. (Environment Science)

7 Kailash Meena M.A. (Geography), Diploma in RS & GIS.

8 Rahul Deshmukh MSW & BSW (Social Works)

9 Sameer Deshpande M.Sc.(Botany)

10 Ramesh Vishwakarma M. Sc.(Geology)

11 Nirupama Jain M. Sc.(Geology)

12 Ashima Jain B. Tech. (Mining Engineering)



13 Mohammed Afzal M. Sc. (Env. Science & Biotechnology)

14 Naveen Kumar Meena M.A. (Political Science)

15 Lakshmi Lal Meghwal Diploma in Draftsman & Certified Surveyor.

16 Harish Kumar Pardesi Drafts man & AutoCAD Master.

17 Praveen Koted Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master.

18 Madan Lal Dangi Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master.

19 Anil Damor Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master.

20 Lokesh Menaria Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master.

21 Nirmal Menaria Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master

CONTACT PERSON - S. S. BIST

206 “APEKSHA COMPLEX”

HIRAN MAGRI, SECTOR-11

UDAIPUR – 313002 (RAJ.)- INDIA

PHONE - +91-294-2489672(OFF), MOBILE - +9194141 67672

e mail : [email protected]

Visit us at: www.udrmintech.com


http://www.udrmintech.com/



QUESTIONNAIRE



PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL OF MINING PROJECTS

(MINING SECTOR PROJECTS)

1. General Information

(a) Name of the project : River Bed Mining Project of Minor

Minerals Ordinary Sand (Bajri)

(i) Name of the proponent : Indrajeet Singh Jhala

Mailing Address : Nala Mohalla, Khari Kuiya,

P.O. Jhalawar,

Tehsil – Jhalarapatan,

District – Jhalawar, (Rajasthan)

E-mail : [email protected]

Telephone : +91 9414193514

(b) Objective of the project : Querrying of minor mineral Ordinary Sand (Bajri)

(c) Location of mine (s)

Village(s) Tehsil District State

Bambori, Bavrikheri, Aroliya, Biriya


Bakshpura, Bagdar, Mundalya khera,

Chand loi, Sagoriya, Rup pura,

Kanwara, Kanwari, Samiya, Gadari,

Dhavli, Saranga khera, Narli, Binda,

Jhalarapatan

& Ramganj

Mandi

Jhalawar &

Kota Rajasthan

Note 1: All information to be given in the form of Annex/s should be

properly numbered and form part of reply to this proforma.

Note2: Please enter √ in appropriate box where answer is Yes / No

Note 3: No abbreviation to be used - Not available or Not applicable should

be clearly mentioned.

Note 4: Core zone is the mining lease area.

Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5

km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above

25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone.

Note 5: Adopt Scoping process in carrying out EIA study.

Note 6: Please indicate source of data.




Jatamali, bhumari, Semli bhawani,

Chanvali, Gurariya, Asondiya,

Khijarpur, Bhaumara, Soyat kalan,

Gugal heri, Gunjari, Achravan,

Matwasa, Gadarwara nurji, Barana,

Ratanpura, Mori, Kans kheri,

Kherkhera, Barodiya,

(d) Does the proposal relate to

(i) New mine Yes No

(ii) Expansion Yes No

Increase in ML area Yes No

Increase in annual

production Yes No

(iii) Renewal of ML Yes No

(iv) Modernization Yes No

(e) Site Information

(i) Geographical Location

Latitude

Longitude

Survey of India Toposheet number

Elevation above Mean Sea Level

Total applied mining lease area (in ha.)

√

√

√

24º 41΄24.96΄΄ - 24º 12΄49.56΄΄ N

√

√

√

75º 59΄34.80΄΄ - 76º 14΄45.80΄΄ E

45P/14, 15, 16, 54D/2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8

338 mRL - 299 mRL

1695.06 Hect



(ii) Dominant nature of terrain

Flat Yes No

Undulated Yes No

Hilly Yes No

2. Land usage of the mining lease area (in ha.)

(a) Agricultural

(b) Forest

(c) Waste land

(d) Grazing

(e) Surface water bodies

(f) Others (Specify)

Total

3. Indicate the seismic zone in which ML area falls. In case of zone IV & V,

details of earth quakes in last 10 years. – Seismic Zone II

(a) Severity (Richter scale) – Not applicable

(b) Impact i.e. Damage to – Not applicable

NIL

√

√

√

NIL

1695.06

NIL

NIL

NIL

1695.06



4. Break-up of mining lease area (in ha.) as per approved Mining plan:

Purpose Mining Lease Area Total

Area acquired Area to be acquired

Government Private Government Private Government Private

Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others

1. Area to be excavated

-- 130.00 -- -- 130.00 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

2. Storage for top soil

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

3. Overburden / Dumps

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

4. Mineral storage

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

5. Infrastructure

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

6. Roads -- 0.70 -- -- 0.70 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

7. Railways

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

8. Green Belt

-- 37.50 -- -- 37.50 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

9.Agriculture Land

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

10.Effluent treatment plant

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

11.Coal handling plant /

mineral separation plant

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

12.Remaining Virgin Govt.

Waste Land -- 1526.86 -- -- 1526.86 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

TOTAL

-- 1695.06 -- -- 1695.06 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

* At the end of 5th year about 37.5 ha. area will be used for plantation along the river boundary and road side.



5. Township (outside mining lease) – Not applicable

(a) Total area (in ha)

(b) No. of dwelling units

(c) Distance from mine site

6. Distance of water bodies (in km)

Distance

from

River Bank * Other Water bodies *

Sea / creek / lake / nalla

etc. (specify)

Applied Mining lease

boundary

Applied Lease area itself is a

water body. The project lies on

River badi kali Sindh, Ahu,

Chanra Bhaga, Rewa Nadi &

their Connected Flow Nallahs

No

Ancillary facilities No No

[* From highest flood line / high tide line]

7. For projects falling within the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) –Not

Applicable

Whether the mineral to be mined is of rare

nature and not available outside CRZ? Yes No

if yes, annex a scaled location map showing low tide line (LTL), high tide line

(HTL) duly demarcated by one of the authorized agencies* [*Director, Space

Application Centre, Ahmedabad: Centre for Earth Sciences Studies,

Thiruvananthapuram: Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University,

Chennai: Institute of Wetland Management & Ecological Designs, KolKata:

Naval Hydrographers’s Office, Dehradun: National Institute of

Oceanography, Panjim, Goa: and National Institute of Ocean Technology,

Chennai], boundary of applied mining lease area, distance of ML area from

LTL and HTL CRZ boundary and CRZ classification of the project area as

per the approved Coastal Zone Management Plan, and settlements, sand

-

-

-



dunes, mangroves, forest land/patches, turtles breeding and nesting sites

etc., if any, in the project area.

8. Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / area from

the periphery of the buffer zone to the boundary of following (up to 10 km):

S.

No.

Areas Name Aerial distance from

(in km.)

Core*Zone Buffer*Zone

1. National Park / Sanctuary No No

No

No

2. Biosphere Reserve / Tiger Reserve

/ Elephant Reserve / any other

Reserve

No No No

3. Forest (RF / PF / unclassified) Near Bagher PF

Near Kishapura

RF

Near Bakani RF

No

No

No


Longitude 76o15’ to 76020’ .

Latitude 24025’ to 24°30’ and

Longitude 76°10’ to 76°15’.

Latitude 24025’ to 24°30’ and

Longitude 76°15’ to 76°20’.

4. Habitat for migratory birds No -- --

5. Corridor for animals of schedule I

& II of the Wildlife (Protection)

Act, 1972

No No No

6. Archaeological sites

* Notified

* Others No No No

7. Defense Installation No No No

8. Industries / Thermal Power Plants No No No

9. Other Mines

Yes No

Many other mine of

limestone exists in the study

area

10. Airport Indore Airport No 224 Km

11. Railway Lines Jhalawar &

other railway

station i.e.

Ramganj Mandi

etc.

No 3.0 km

12. National / State Highways NH-12 (Jhalwar

to Kota)

SH-1 (Jhalawar

to Mathura)

Yes NH-12 & SH-1 crossed the

applied area.



[* Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the

periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the

periphery of the core zone].

9. Description of flora & fauna separately in the core and buffer zones.*

[* Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and list species with

(1) Common name (2) Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife

(Protection) Act the identified species fall. Get the list authenticated by an Expert in the

field / credible scientific institute / University / Chief Wildlife Warden office. Information to

be based on field survey.]

LIST OF PLANT SPECIES RECORDED IN STUDY AREA


Trees

1 Acacia leucophloea Harmo Fabaceae

2 Acacia nilotica Desibaval Fabaceae

3 Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae

4 Ailanthus excels Arduso Simaroubaceae

5 Albizia lebbeck Siras Fabaceae

6 Albizia procera Kala Siras Fabaceae

7 Anogeissus latifolia Dhavdo Combretaceae

8 Azadirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae

9 Bauhinia racemosa Asitaro Fabaceae

10 Bombax ceiba Simlo Bombacaceae

11 Boswellia serrata Haledi, Salai Burseraceae

12 Cassia fistula Garmalo Caesalpiniaceae

13 Cassia siamea Kesia Fabaceae

14 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Fabaceae

15 Emblica officinalis Amla Euphorbiaceae

16 Ficus benghalensis Vad Moraceae

17 Ficus racemosa Umro Moraceae

18 Ficus religiosa Piplo Moraceae

19 Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae

20 Melia azedarach Bakayan Meliaceae

21 Moringa oleifera Mithosaragavo Moringaceae

22 Phoenix sylvestris Khajur Arecaceae

22 Pithecellobium dulce Jungle jalebi Fabaceae

23 Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae

24 Pongamia pinnata Karanj, Kanji Fabaceae

25 Prosopis cineraria Khijdo Fabaceae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meliaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arecaceae






26 Prosopis juliflora Gando baval Fabaceae

27 Pterocarpus marsupium

Biyo Fabaceae

28 Syzygium cumini Jambu Myrtaceae

29 Tamarindus indica Khati Amli Fabaceae

30 Tectona grandis Sag Verbenaceae

31 Wrightia tinctoria Dhudhio Apocynaceae

32 Ziziphus mauritiana Bor Rhamnaceae

33 Zizyphus xylopyra Ghatbor Rhamnaceae

Shrubs

34 Adhatoda vasica Adulsa Acanthaceae

35 Annona squamosa Sitafal Annonaceae

36 Argemone Mexicana Pila Dhatura Papaveraceae

37 Balanites aegyptiaca Hingot Zygophyllaceae

38 Calotropis gigantean Shivark, Akdo Apocynaceae

39 Calotropis procera Mudar Asclepiadaceae

40 Helicteres isora Marodfali, Atedi Sterculiaceae

41 Ipomoea fistulosa Beshram Convolvulaceae

42 Jatropha curcas Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae

43 Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae

44 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis

Tamat, Harsingar Oleaceae

45 Ocimum gratissimum

Vantulsi Lamiaceae

46 Opuntia dillenii Opuntia Cactaceae

47 Sida acuta Chikan Malvaceae

Herbs

48 Acanthospermum hispidum

Kanti Asteraceae

49 Achyranthes aspera Unga, Keora Amaranthaceae

50 Aerva javanica Bui Amaranthaceae

51 Agave Americana Ram Baas Agavaceae

52 Aloe vera Gwarpatha Liliaceae

53 Cassia tora Puwad, Panwar Fabaceae

54 Datura inoxia Dhatura Solanaceae

55 Parthenium hysterophorus

Gajar Ghaas Asteraceae

56 Solanum nigrum Chirpoti Solanaceae

57 Tephrosia purpurea Sarpankha Fabaceae

58 Tribulus terrestris Gokharu Zygophyllaceae

59 Tridax procumbens Kumru Asteraceae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Papaveraceae


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apocynaceae




http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lamiaceae














Climbers

60 Abrus precatorius Chirmi Fabaceae

61 Asparagus racemosus

Shatavari Asparagaceae

62 Cuscuta reflexa Amarbel Convolvulaceae

Grass

63 Cymbopogon martini Lemon grass Poaceae

64 Cynodon dactylon Dub Poaceae

65 Digitaria sp. Crabgrass Poaceae

LIST OF MEDICINAL PLANTS SPECIES RECORDED IN STUDY AREA

S.

No

Botanical

Name

Common


1 Abrus precatorius

Chirmi Fabaceae Uterine stimulant,

abortifacient, toxic.

2 Acacia nilotica

Babul Fabaceae Demulcent

3 Adhatoda vasica

Adulsa Acanthaceae Expectorant,

antispasmodic, febrifuge

4

Aegle marmelos

Bel Rutaceae Stomachic, antimicrobial

(specific for diarrhoea,

colitis, dysentery and

enteric infections),

digestive, astringent,

spasmolytic, hypo-

glycaemic

5 Albizia procera

Kala Siras Mimosaceae Anti-allergic

6

Aloe vera Gwarpatha Liliaceae Purgative, Gel—topically

emollient, anti-

inflammatory,

antimicrobial (used for

wound healing, sunburn)

7 Azadirachta indica

Neem Meliaceae Fever, Skin diseases

8

Butea monosperma

Palash Fabaceae Liver disorders

9

Calotropis procera

Mudar Asclepiadacea

e

Bronchial asthma, Leaves—

used for treating chronic

cases of dyspepsia,

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asparagaceae

http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Cuscuta_reflexa&action=edit&redlink=1






S.

No

Botanical

Name

Common


flatulence, constipation and

mucus in stool

10 Cassia fistula

Amaltas Fabaceae Purgative, Febrifugal,

Astringent,Antibilious

11

Cordia dichotoma

Gundo Boraginaceae Astringent, Demulcent,

Expectorant, Diuretic,

Anthelmintic

12

Crotalaria juncea

Indian Hemp Fabaceae Leaf--Demulcent,

Purgative, Emetic,

Emmenagogue,

Abortifacient

13 Dalbergia latifolia

Sisam Fabaceae Stimulant, Appetiser,

Anthelmintic, Spasmogenic

14

Dendrocalamus strictus

Manvel Poaceae Retained placenta

15

Emblica officinalis

Aamla Euphorbiaceae

Antianaemic, Anabolic,

Antiemetic, Bechic,

Astringent,

Antihaemorrhagic,

Antidiarrhoeal, Diuretic,

Antidiabetic, Carminative,

Antioxidant

16

Eucalyptus sp.

Nilgiri Myrtaceae Antiseptic, antibiotic,

antiviral, Antifungal,

antispasmodic

17

Ficus religiosa

Peepal Moraceae Astringent, Antiseptic,

Alterative, laxative,

Haemostatic

18 Ficus bengalensis

Bargad Moraceae Diabetes, Dysentery

19

Jatropha curcas

Ratanjyot Euphorbiacea

e

Used for Scabies,

Ringworm, Eczema,

Whitlow, Warts, Syphilis

20

Madhuca indica

Mahua Sapotaceae Stimulant, Demulcent,

Laxative, Anthelmintic,

Bechic

21 Mangifera indica

Aam Anacardiacea

e

Astringent, Antiscorbutic

22 Melia azadirach

Neem Meliaceae Diuretic, Anthelmintic,

Antilithic



S.

No

Botanical

Name

Common


23 Moringa oleifera

Mithosaragav

o

Moringaceae Cardiac and circulatory

stimulant

24

Nyctanthes arbor-tristis

Tamat,

Harsingar

Oleaceae Febrifuge, Anti-

inflammatory,Antispasmodi

c, Hypotensive, Respiratory

stimulant. Used for fevers,

Rheumatism, Obstinate

sciatica

25 Pithecellobium dulce

Jungle jalebi Fabaceae Astringent, Febrifuge,

Antidysenteric

26 Polyalthia longifolia

Ashoka Annonaceae Febrifuge, Causes cardiac

depression

27 Tridax procumbens

Kumru Asteraceae Styptic, Antidiarrhoeal,

Antidysenteric

28

Sida acuta Chikan Malvaceae Astringent, Cooling,

Stomachic, Febrifuge,

Diuretic; used for nervous

and sexual debility,

Haemorrhoids, Biliary

disorders

29 Syzygium cumini

Jamun Myrtaceae Acute diarrhea

30

Tamarindus indica

Imli Fabaceae Cooling, Digestive,

Carminative, laxative,

Antiscorbutic

31

Tectona grandis

Sagaun Verbenaceae Expectorant, Anti-

inflammatory,

Antibilious, Anthelmintic

32 Terminalia arjuna

Arjun Combretaceae Cardioprotective and

Cardiotonic

33 Terminalia bellerica

Behada Combretaceae Purgative, Astringent

34

Vitex Negundo

Nirgudi Verbenaceae Anti-inflammatory,

Analgesic;

removes foetid discharges

and

worms from ulcers







LIST OF FAUNAL SPECIES RECORDED IN STUDY AREA

S.

No.

Scientific

Name

Common

Name Family

Status in

Wildlife

Protection

Act-1972

Status in

IUCN

Category

1 Boselaphus tragocamelus

Nilgai Bovidae Schedule III Least Concern

2 Canis aureus Jackal Canidae Schedule II Least Concern

3 Funambulus pennanti

Five Striped

Palm

Squirrel

Sciuridae Schedule IV Least Concern

4 Herpestes edwardsi

Mangoose Herpestidae Schedule II Least Concern

5 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Leporidae Schedule IV Least Concern

6 Hanuman

langur

Semnopithec

us entellus

Cercopithecida

e

Schedule II Least Concern

7 Rattus rattus Black Rat Muridae Schedule V Least Concern

8 Rousettus leschenaulti

Chamgadar Pteropodidae Schedule V Least Concern

9 Semnopithecus entellus*

Langur Cercopethicida

e

Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

10 Sus scrofa Wild boar Suidae Schedule III Least Concern

11 Stripped

Hyaena

Hyaena

hyaena

Hyaenidae Schedule III Near

threatened

LIST OF REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS SPECIES RECORDED IN STUDY

AREA

Sr.

No. Scientific Name

Common

Name Family

Schedule

as per

WPA 1972

Status as per

IUCN

category

1 Bufo bufo Toad Bufonidae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

2 Ptyas mucosus Common Rat

Snake

Colubridae Schedule

II

Not Evaluated

3 Vipera russelli Russell’s

Viper

Viperidae Schedule

IV Not Evaluated

4 Hemidactylus brooki gray

House lizard Gekkonidae Not

Enlisted

Not Evaluated

5 Hemidactylus maculates

Rock gaeko Gekkonidae Not

Enlisted

Not Evaluated

6 Colotes Garden Gekkonidae Not Not Evaluated

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bovidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sciuridae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Herpestidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Leporidae



http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muridae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colubridae



versicolor gaeko Enlisted

7 Mabuya bibroni Skink Sciencidae Not

Enlisted

Not Evaluated

8 Dendrelaphis ahaetulla

Common

Indian krait

Colubridae Schedule

IV Not Evaluated

LIST OF BIRD SPECIES RECORDED IN STUDY AREA

Sr.

No. Scientific Name

Common

Name Family

Schedule

as per

WPA 1972

Status as per

IUCN

category

1 Acridotheres ginginianus

Bank Myna Sturnidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

2 Acridotheres tristis

Common

Myna

Sturnidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

3 Alcedo atthis Small Blue

Kingfisher

Alcedinidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

4 Ardeola grayii Indian Pond

Heron

Ardeidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

5 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

6 Cinnyris asiaticus

Purple

Sunbird

Nectariniidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

7 Columba livia Blue Rock

Pigeon

Columbidae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

8 Copsychus saularis

Magpie

Robin

Muscicapidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

9 Coracias benghalensis

Indian Roller Coraciidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

10 Corvus macrorhynchos

Jungle Crow Corvidae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

11 Corvus splendens

House Crow Corvidae Schedule V Least Concern

12 Dendrocitta vagabunda

Rufous

Treepie

Corvidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

13 Dicrurus adsimilis

Fork-tailed

Drongo

Dicruridae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

14 Egretta garzetta Little Egret Ardeidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

15 Elanus axillaris Black-

Shouldered

Kite

Accipitridae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

16 Eudynamys Koel Cuculidae Schedule Least Concern



http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/River_kingfishers


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heron

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nectariniidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dove


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coraciidae





http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cuculidae



scolopaceus IV

17 Halcyon smyrnensis

White

Breasted

Kingfisher

Halcyonidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

18 Lanius excubitor Grey Shrike Laniidae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

19 Merops orientalis

Small Green

Bee Eater

Meropidae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

20 Motacilla flava Yellow

Wagtail

Motacillidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

21 Oriolus oriolus Golden

Oriole

Oriolidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

22 Passer domesticus

House

Sparrow

Passeridae Not

Enlisted

Least Concern

23 Pavo cristatus Common

Peafowl

Phasianidae Schedule I Least Concern

24 Ploceus philippinus

Baya Weaver Ploceidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

25 Psittacula cyanocephala

Plum-headed

Parakeet


IV

Least Concern

26 Psittacula krameri

Rose Ringed

Parakeet


IV

Least Concern

27 Pycnonotus cafer

Red Vented

Bulbul

Pycnonotidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

28 Saxicoloides fulicatus

Indian Robin Muscicapidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

29 Streptopelia chinensis

Spotted Dove Columbidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

30 Sturnus pagodarum

Brahminy

myna

Sturnidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

31 Sturnus roseus Rosy

Starling

Sturnidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

32 Tadorna ferruginea

Brahminy

Duck

Anatidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

33 Terpsiphone paradisi

Asian

Paradise

Flycatcher

Monarchidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

34 Treron phoenicoptera

Common

Green Pigeon

Columbidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

35 Turdoides caudate

Common

Babbler

Timaliidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

36 Turdoides striata

Jungle

Babbler

Timaliidae Schedule

IV

Least Concern

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halcyonidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laniidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Meropidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Motacillidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oriolidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sparrow

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phasianidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ploceidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Psittaculidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bulbul





http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anatidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monarchidae






10. Details of mineral reserves (as per approved Mining Plan)

Quantity (in tonnes)

(a) Proved

(b) Probable

(c) Inferred

(d) Mineable reserves

11. Major geological formation / disturbances in the mining lease area

(a) Geological maps submitted Yes No

(b) Geological sections submitted Yes No

(c) Contour map submitted Yes No

(d) Whether the presence, if any, noted of

(i) Faults Yes No

(ii) Dykes Yes No

(iii) Shear Zone Yes No [

(iv) Folds Yes No

(v) Other weak zones Yes No

(e) Source of data (Indicate) BBBB

12. Production of mineral(s) and life of mine

(a) Rated capacity of mine mineral wise (Tonnes / annum)

(b) Life of mine at proposed capacity (Years)

(c) Lease period (Years)

(d) Date of expiry of lease (D /M /Y)

(e) Indicate in case of existing mines

29404620

---

29404620

7, 50,000 tones/annum

39.21 years

5 years

--

By 1) Survey & Field works

2) Approved Mining plan



--

(i) Date of opening of mine

(ii) Production in the last 5 years 1st year 5th

year from year….. to year…...

in million tonnes.

(iii)Projected production for the next Proposed

5 years from year 2013-14 to year 2017-18

in million tonnes.

(iv) Whether mining was suspended after Yes No

opening of the mine?

If yes, details there of including last production

figure and reason for the same.

(f) Whether plans & sections provided? Yes No

13. Type and method of mining operations

TYPE METHOD

Opencast Manual

Underground Semi-mechanized

Both Mechanized

14. Details of ancillary operations for mineral processing

There is no proposal of mineral processing for sand.

15. Mine details

(a) Opencast mine

(i) Stripping ratio (mineral in tonnes to over burden in m3)

(ii) Ultimate working depth (in m bgl)

(iii) Indicate present working depth in case of

NA (Fresh area)

NA (Fresh area)

7.5 MTPA

3.0 m

--



existing mine (in m bgl)

(iv) Thickness of top soil (in m.) -

Minimum

Maximum

Average

(v) Thickness of overburden (in m.)

Minimum

Maximum

Average (vi) Mining Plan

Height and width of the bench in

overburden / waste.

Height & width of the bench in ore body /

coal seam.

Proposed inclination / slope of the sides of the

opencast mine (separately for overburden, coal /

ore and overall slope of the pit sides) both while

operating the mine as well as at the time of

closure of the mine.

Whether transverse sections across the Yes No

opencast mine at the end of fifth year and at

the end of the life of the mine have been submitted?

(vii) Type of blasting, if any, to be adopted.

(b) Underground mine - Not Applicable

(i) Seam / Ore body Min. Depth (m) Max. Depth (m) Avg. thickness (m)

Rate of dip Direction of dip

in degree

(ii) Mode of entry into the mine NA

(iii) Details of machinery NA

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

√

Blasting is not proposed.



(iv) Method of stopping (metalliferrous mines) NA

(v) Extraction method –N/A

(vi) Subsidence-N/A

16. Surface drainage pattern at mine site (Fig - 3.3)

(a) Whether the pre-mining surface drainage plan Yes No

submitted?

(b) Do you propose any modification/diversion Yes No

in the existing natural drainage pattern at any

stage? If yes, when. Provide location map indicating contours,

dimensions of water body to be diverted, direction of flow of water and

proposed route / changes, if any i.e. realignment of river / nallah / any

other water body falling within core zone and its impact.

17. Embankment and / or weir construction – N/A

18. Vehicular traffic density (outside the ML area)

Type of vehicles No. of vehicles per day

(a) Existing

(b) After the proposed activity [

(c) Whether the existing road Yes No

network is adequate?

If no, provide details of alternative

proposal?

19. Loading, transportation and unloading of mineral and waste rocks on

surface:

(a) Manual Yes No

(b) Tubs, mine cars, etc. Yes No

(c) Scraper, shovels, dumpers / trucks. Yes No

]

(d) Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.) Yes No

(e) Others (specify).

--

√

--

200 Tractor Trolley

√

Tractor Trolley



20. Mineral (s) transportation outside the ML area

Qty. (in TPD) Percentage (%) Length (in km)

(a) Road

(b) Rail

(c) Conveyors

(d) Rope way

(e) Water ways

(f) Pipeline

(g) Others (Specify)

Total

2500

2500

100

100



21. Baseline Meteorological and Air Quality data – EIA & EMP Report enclosed

(a) Micro-meteorological data – In study area [Continuous monitoring through autographic instrument for one full season other than monsoon]

(i) Wind rose pattern for one full season (16 points of compass i.e. N, NNE, NE, ---) based on 24-hourly

data. For coastal area also furnish day-time and night time data.

Wind rose diagram is given in EIA/IMP report.

(ii) Site specific monitored data

Month Wind Speed (kmph) Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%) Rain Fall * (mm)

8:30 hrs. 17:30 hrs.

Max. Min. Max. Min. Highest Lowest Highest Lowest Total Dec.‘13 04 04 06 04 30.4 7.6 88 32 --

Jan ‘14 06 04 04 04 24.4 7.8 84 35 29.0

Feb ‘14 06 04 04 04 29.9 7.8 82 28 28.0

* 24-hours rainfall should be reported from 08:30 hrs. IST of previous day to 08:30 hrs. IST of the day.

* Rainy day is considered when 24 hrs. rainfall is 2.5 mm.

** Visual observations of cloud cover should be recorded four times a day at regular intervals.

(iii) Indicate name and distance of the nearest IMD meteorological station from which climatological data

have been obtained for reporting in the EIA report, if any. - (Jhalawar).

(b) Ambient air quality data* (PM10, SO2, and NOx)

[*Monitoring should be carried out covering one full season except monsoon – same season as in 21 (a) (i)]



[*Frequency of sampling: Sampling to be done twice a week for the entire season 24 hourly for PM10. For gaseous pollutants 24-

hourly data be given irrespective of the sampling period. ]

(i) Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out – winter (Dec ’13, Jan ‘14, Feb ’14)

(ii) No. of samples collected at each monitoring station -24

Name of monitoring equipment used

PM10 SO2 Nox Pb**

High volume High volume High volume --

Equipment sensitivity

Permissible AAQ standard (CPCB) R

I

S

100 80 80

100 80 80

100 80 80

Monitoring

Location

No. of

Samples

Drawn

Category

*

(R, I, S)

Min. Max. 98%

tile Min. Max.

98%

tile Min. Max.

98%

tile

Near Binda 24 Mining 63.48 78.53 76.96 BDL 3.35 3.28 2.40 5.06 4.96 Nil

Near Dhanodi 24 Mining 61.63 76.85 75.31 BDL 3.87 3.79 3.80 5.78 5.66 Nil

Near Jhalarapatan 24 Mining 58.68 77.51 75.96 BDL 3.48 3.41 2.82 5.23 5.13 Nil

Near Rewa River -

Pipaliya 24 Mining 62.23 79.36 77.77 BDL 3.35 3.28 3.18 5.17 5.07 Nil

Near Sangam Rewa

River 24 Mining 52.25 73.21 71.75 2.26 3.43 3.36 3.56 5.64 5.53 Nil

Buffer zone

Near Raipur 24 R 55.60 76.79 75.25 2.45 4.41 4.32 2.32 5.95 5.83 Nil

Near Narsinghpura 24 R 64.23 79.86 78.26 BDL 3.65 3.58 3.71 5.55 5.44 Nil Near Nayagaon 24 R 60.86 76.46 74.93 BDL 3.09 3.03 4.17 5.71 5.60 Nil Near Mandawar 24 R 62.23 74.78 73.28 BDL 2.75 2.70 2.46 5.17 5.07 Nil Near Jhalawar 24 R 50.14 75.62 74.11 2.58 4.14 4.06 3.41 6.11 5.99 Nil



Near Jhalarapatan 24 R 51.31 74.60 73.11 2.18 4.24 4.16 2.35 6.88 6.74 Nil

Near Motipura 24 R 57.76 72.89 71.43 BDL 2.19 2.15 3.29 5.42 5.31 Nil

Near Chittrapur 24 R 55.73 76.77 75.23 BDL 4.67 4.58 3.57 5.97 5.85 Nil

Near Ganeshpura 24 R 63.48 79.95 78.35 BDL 4.37 4.28 2.87 5.33 5.22 Nil

*R = Residential; I = Industrial; S = Sensitive

**Pb for mineral specific sites only. # Annex a location map indicating location of AAQ stations, their direction and distance with respect to

project site. (Fig – 3.3, of EIA/EMP report)

22. Stack and emission details, if any* - Not Applicable

23. Details of fugitive emissions during mining operations* -Not Applicable

24. Air Quality Impact Prediction (AQIP)*:

(a) Details of model(s) used for AQIP including grid size, terrain features, and input meteorological data

(b) Maximum incremental GLC values of pollutants based on prediction exercise

(in μg/m3)

S. No. Pollutants Incremental Value Ambient Air Quality Resultant Air Quality

Near Binda Block No. 1

1. PM10 1.45 78.53 79.98

2**. SO2 -- -- --

3**. NOX -- -- --

Near Dhanodi Block No. 2

1. PM10 1.06 76.85 77.91

2**. SO2 -- -- --

3**. NOX -- -- --

Near Jhalarapatan Block No. 3



1. PM10 3.20 77.51 80.71

2**. SO2 -- -- --

3**. NOX -- -- --

Near Rewa river – Pipaliya Block No. 4

1. PM10 1.22 79.36 80.58

2**. SO2 -- -- --

3**. NOX -- -- --

Near Sangam Rewa River Block No. 5

1. PM10 0.21 73.21 73.42

2**. SO2 -- -- --

3**. NOX -- -- --

[* Question Number 22, 23 & 24 need not be filled-in for mines having ML area of 25 ha. or less.]

[**Information on item no. 2 & 3 to be provided in cases with captive power generation of 500 KVA and above]



25. Water requirement (m3/day)

Purpose Avg. Demand Peak Demand

A. Mine site

1. Mine operation

2. Land reclamation

3. Dust suppression

4. Drinking

5. Green Belt

6. Beneficiation

7. Washeries

8. Fire Service

9. Others (specify)

B. Township

1. Green Belt

2. Domestic

3. Other (specify)

Nil

Nil

5.00

6.00

4.00

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

5.00

6.00

4.00

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Nil

Total 15.00 15.0

26. Source of water supply*

S. No. Source m3/day

1 River (name) Nil

2 Ground water Nil

3 Mine water (sump / pit) Nil

4 Dug Well/From applied river bed

area

15.0

[*Annex a copy of sanction letter / permission from the concerned authority (Central

Ground Water Authority in case of ground water abstraction is from notified area /

State Ground Water Board in case of non-notified area / State Irrigation Department

for surface water pumping) for drawing water.]



27. Lean season flow in case of pumping from river / nalla (cumecs)

28. Ground water potential of the study area

28.1. Ground water availability (source State Ground water Deptt.)

(a) Range of water table (m bgl)

(i) Pre-monsoon (April/May)

Core Zone

Buffer zone

(ii) Post-monsoon (November)

Core Zone

Buffer zone

(b) Total annual replenishable recharge (million m3/ year)

By ground water table fluctuation method

By rainfall infiltration factor method

(c) Annual draft excluding estimated draft through

mine discharge (million m3/ year)

(d) Estimated draft through mine discharge (million m3/ year)

(e) Net annual ground water availability (million m3/ year)

(f) Stage of ground water development in %

28.2. Water demand - Competing users of the water source

S.

No.

Usage Present Consumption

(m3/day)

Additional proposed

as per local plan

(m3/day)

Total

(m3/day)

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Domestic -- -- -- -- -- --

2 Plantation 4.00 -- -- -- 4.00 --

3 Industry -- -- -- -- -- --

4 Mining -- -- -- -- -- --

5 Dust

Suppression

5.00 -- -- -- 5.00 --

6 Sanitation &

Drinking

6.00 -- -- -- 6.00 --

Total 15.00 -- -- -- 15.00 --

29. Water quality* (a) Annex physico-chemical analysis of water at intake (Mine Site Ground & SurfaceWater)

point**

NOT APPLICABLE

45 m

45 m

40 m

40 m

430.8249

105.15

Nil



ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND WATER

S.

No. Parameter Unit

Near

Binda

Near

Ruparel

Near

Basyheri

Near

Chittrpur

Near

Sunel

Near

Raipur

Near

Jhalrapatan

Near

Jhalawar

Near

Morukheri

Near

Soyat

Kallan

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9 GW10

1 pH value -- 7.94 7.69 6.69 7.34 7.36 7.27 6.67 7.41 7.95 8.85

2 Color -- <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

3 Turbidity NTU <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

4 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5

Total

Hardness

(as CaCO3)

mg/l 225.4 652.8 212.5 980.5 1036.8 514.6 243.2 471.0 412.2 550.4

6 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.14 BDL 0.19 .61 0.28 BDL 0.56 BDL 0.21 BDL

7 Chlorides

(as Cl) mg/l 25.3 1056.7 14.9 580.0 287.1 114.9 71.2 153.9 14.9 80.4

8 Sulphate

(So4) mg/l 34.3 39.9 14.3 243.8 241.3 9.9 15.7 12.8 40.7 18.6

9 Dissolved

solids mg/l 620 1950 410 3640 1760 550 330 1610 660 1100

10 Electrical

Conductivity μmhos/cm 1100 3450 715 6900 3100 860 510 2830 1140 1710

11 Alkanity mg/l 96 324 80 480 222 344 222 292 300 330

12 Nitrate (as

NO3) mg/l 13.67 16.84 2.33 12.96 13.67 25.92 1.71 3.55 24.29 16.33

13 Fluoride (as

F) mg/l 0.44 0.25 0.26 0.35 0.23 0.28 0.26 0.31 0.33 0.23

14 Cyanide (as

CN) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

15 Copper (as

Cu) mg/l 0.04 BDL BDL BDL 0.04 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

16 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l BDL 0.3 0.7 BDL 0.4 BDL BDL 0.4 BDL BDL

17 Lead (as

Pb) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL



18

Phenolic

compounds

(as

C6H5OH)


19 Cadmium

(as Cd) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

20

Total

Arsenic (as

As)


21 Chromium

(as Cr) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

22 Coliforms MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 2 Absent 2 Absent

23 E.coli/100ml -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

ANALYSIS RESULTS OF SURFACE WATER

S.

No. Parameter Unit

Core

zone-

n/v

Nanor

Core

zone- n/v

Banor

Core zone-

n/v

Bhumera

Core

zone-

n/v

Binda

Core

zone- n/v

Dhanodi

Core zone-

n/v

Phujalpura

Core zone-

n/v

Khokhanda

Core zone-

n/v

Kalamandi

Kallan

Core

Zone- n/v

Sangam

Rewa

River

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9

1 pH value -- 7.4 7.80 7.52 7.68 7.48 7.77 7.71 7.52 7.49

2 BOD (3 days

27°C) mg/l <3 <3 <5 <3 <5 <3 <5 <3 <3

3 COD mg/l 4 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 4

4 DO mg/l 6.1 5.8 5.6 6.0 5.5 6.1 5.2 5.9 6.1

5 Free Ammonia

(as N) mg/l BDL 0.28 0.27 0.29 0.35 0.32 0.32 0.28 0.30

6 Electrical

Conductivity μmhos/cm 864 5.8 928 736 908 854 1024 972 835

7 Boron mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL



8 SAR % <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

9 Total Solids mg/l 480 566 539 431 518 474 606 543 466

10 Total suspended

solids mg/l 10 16 29 21 28 14 6 13 16

11 Total dissolved

soilds mg/l 470 550 510 410 510 460 580 530 450

12 Total coliforms MPN/100ml 17 12 23 22 11 14 24 20 26

S.

No. Parameter Unit

Core Zone-

n/v Rewa

River -

Pipaliya

Core

Zone -

n/v

Gundi

Core Zone

- n/v

Kanwara

Near

Khairabad

Near

Ramnivas

Gomti sagar

dam

Jhalarapatan

Khondia

pond

Jhalawar

Dhabariya

– Ujar

River

SW10 SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 SW15 SW16 SW17

1 pH value -- 7.72 7.49 7.64 7.38 7.62 7.71 7.56 7.64

2 BOD (3 days

27°C) mg/l <3 <3 <5 <5 <5 <3 <3 <3

3 COD mg/l 4 4 8 8 8 4 4 4

4 DO mg/l 5.9 6.1 5.5 5.4 5.3 5.8 5.9 6

5 Free Ammonia

(as N) mg/l 0.30 0.36 0.31 0.28 0.27 0.36 0.26 0.34

6 Electrical

Conductivity μmhos/cm 5.9 788 824 988 980 880 1028 884

7 Boron mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

8 SAR % <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

9 Total Solids mg/l 588 473 461 567 576 504 614 491

10 Total suspended mg/l 18 23 31 27 26 24 14 11



solids

11 Total dissolved

soilds mg/l 570 450 430 540 550 480 600 480

12 Total coliforms MPN/100ml 27 13 27 22 21 15 17 21




(b) In case of existing mine, annex report on quality of water discharge

i.e. complete physico - chemical analysis**

[*For non-discharging mines at least four ground water samples to be taken preferably

from downstream direction of the mine in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods and

analysed. For discharging mines six samples are to be analysed]

**All parameters as per BIS 10500. Indicate name of Methodology, Equipment used for

analysis, and Detection Level (DL) for each parameter.

*** Wherever any analytical parameter is below detection level, “BDL” (Below Detection

Level) should be written instead of ‘NIL’.

30. Impact on ground water regime / stream / lake / springs due to mine

dewatering *- Not Applicable

[* Provide a comprehensive hydro-geological assessment report if the average mine

dewatering is more than 100 m3/day and or going below water table in non-monsoon

period. The report should be based on preferably latest one year pre-monsoon and post-

monsoon baseline data covering information on ground water situation, aquifer

characteristics, water level conditions (April – May and November), estimate of ground

water resources, predicted impact of the project on ground water regime and detailed

remedial / conservation measures such as artificial recharge of ground water etc. The

report should be based on actual field inventory out of existing wells, at least 30

observation wells in the buffer zone with supplementary information from secondary

sources (mention name). For estimation** of ground water resource (refer question no. 28

above) be designated study area of the buffer zone may be sub-divided into command and

non-command areas, watershed-wise (in case of hard rock / consolidated formations) /

block-wise / mandal-wise in case of alluvial / unconsolidated formations)]

[**For estimating ground water resources in the area follow the Ground Water Estimation

Committee recommendations of 1997]

31. Waste Water Management

Mine -

(a) Daily average discharge (m3/day) from different sources

(i) Mine water discharge during

Lean period

Monsoon period

(ii) Workshop

Nil

Nil

Nil



(b) Waste water treatment plant; flow

sheet for treatment process attached. Yes No

(c) Quantity of water recycled / reused / - NA

to be recycled in

(i) Percentage -

(ii) m3 /day -

(d) Point of final discharge - NA

(e) Users of discharge water

(i) Human Yes No

(ii) Livestock Yes No

(iii) Irrigation Yes No

(iv) Industry Yes No

(v) Others (specify)

(f) Details of the river / nalla, if final effluent is / will be discharged

(cumecs) NA

Township - Not Applicable

32. Attach water balance statement in the form of a flow diagram

indicating source (s), consumption (Section-wise) and output.

SCHEMATIC WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

No outflow No outflow

TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT

15.0 KLD

Dug well/ River water

Dust supper.

5.0 KLD

Sanitation &

Drinking 6.0 KLD

0.5 m3 / day

Plantation

4.0 KLD

Septic tank- Soak Pit



33. Ambient noise level leq dB (A)

34. Solid Waste

(a) Top soil and Solid waste quantity and quality Name

(Lump/fines/slurry/

Sludge/others)

Composition Quantity

(Cum./year)

Method of disposal

Mining activity*

a. Top Soil

b. Over

burden/side b

urden

c. Others (specify)

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Effluent Treatment

Plant (sludge) Nil Nil

Nil

Total Nil Nil Nil [* Annex layout plan indicating the dump sites.] –

(b) (i) Does waste (s) contain any

hazardous/toxic substance/

radioactive materials or Yes No

S.

No Location

Result

Day Night

1 Near Binda 51.1 43.1

2 Near Dhanodi 53.1 42.3

3 Near Jhalarapatan 51.1 39.9

4 Near Rewa River -

Pipaliya 51.1 41.2

5 Near Sangam Rewa

River 50.2 43.1

6 Near Raipur 50.3 42.5

7 Near Narsinghpura 50.1 41.2

8 Near Nayagaon 50.2 40.1

9 Near Mandawar 50.4 42.1

10 Near Jhalawar 50.2 41.2

11 Near Jhalarapatan 51.1 43.2

12 Near Motipura 51.3 44.5

13 Near Chittrapur 50.2 42.5

14 Near Ganeshpura 54.1 43.2

activ

ity* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

√

activ

ity* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

activ

ity* [ a.

Top

√ [

a.

Top

Soil [ b.



heavy metals?

(ii) If yes, whether details and Yes No

precautionary measures

provided?

(c) Recovery and recycling possibilities. - No

(d) Possible user(s) of the solid waste.

(e) (i) Is the solid waste suitable for

backfilling? Yes No

(ii) If yes, when do you propose

to start backfilling.

(in million m3) Solid waste (s) Already

accumulated

(A)

To be generated

(B)

% of A & B to be

backfilled

A B

Over burden -- -- -- --

Others (specify) -- -- -- --

Land reclamation Plan – Not Attached.

(f) In case waste is to be dumped on the ground, indicate

(i) Associated environmental problems - No

(ii) Number & type of waste dumps

No. of dumps

Max. projected height of dumps (in m)

No. of terraces and height of each stage

Overall slope of the dump (degree)

Proposed reclamation measures: Plantations

(iii) Section of the waste dump in relation

to the adjacent ground profile attached.Yes No

35. Fuel / Energy requirements*- Not Applicable

activ

ity* [ a.

Top

Soil [ b.

Over

burd

en [ c.

Othe

rs

(spe

cify)

√

a.

To

p

So

il [ b.

Ov

er

bu

rd

en [ c.

Ot

he

rs

(sp

eci

fy)

-

-

-

-

√



[*To be furnished for mines having ML area more than 25 ha. or captive power generation of 500 KVA

and above]

(a) Total power requirement (in MW)

S. No. Mine Site Township Others (specify) Total

1 Present -- -- -- --

2 Proposed /

additional -- -- -- --

Total -- -- -- --

(b) Source of power (in MW)

S. No. SEB/Grid* Captive power plant DG Sets

1 Present -- -- --

2 Proposed -- -- --

Total -- --

[* Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority] - NA

(c) Details of fuels

S.No. Fuel

Daily Consumption

(Lit/Day) Calorific

value

(Kcals/kg)

% Ash % Sulphur Existing Proposed

1

2

3

HSD

LSHS

Other

(specify)

- 8000 - - -

36. Storage of inflammable / explosive materials*

S. No. Name Number of

Storages

Consumption

Maximum Quantity at

anypoint of time

1 Fuels - - -

2 Explosives - - -

37. Human Settlement

Particulars Core Zone Buffer Zone

Population* Nil 239101

No. of villages Nil 243

Number of

households village-

wise

Nil 49315

[*As per 2011 census record or actual survey]



38. Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan* [*Provide a comprehensive rehabilitation plan, if more than 1000 people are likely to be

displaced, other-wise a summary plan]

(a) Villages falling within the study area

Villages

Number Name

Core zone

Nil Nil

500 m from the blasting site (s)

Nil Nil

Buffer zone

243 Map attached.

Township site

Nil Nil

(b) Details of village(s) in the core zone - Nil S.

No.

Village name

Population* Average Annual

Income Tribal Others

[*As per 2011 census / actual survey]

(c) Population to be displaced and / or Land oustees - Nil

Name of village(s)

falling within

Number of oustees

Land (only) Homestead (only) Land and Homestead (both)

Mining lease Nil Nil Nil

(d) Whether R&R package has been finalised? – Not Applicable

If yes, salient features of R&R plan for oustees.

(i) Site details where the people are proposed to be resettled &

facilities existing / to be created.

(ii) Funds earmarked for compensation package.

(iii) Agency /Authority responsible for their resettlement.

(iv) Time of commencement of resettlement of Project Affected People

(PAP).

(v) Period by which resettlement of PAP will be over.

39. Lease -wise plantation details



(a) Applied Lease area (in ha.)– 1695.06 hect. Existing mine New mine

(i) Area broken up

(ii) To be broken up

(iii) Area not to be broken-up

(b) Township area (in ha.)

(c) Area afforested and proposed (in ha.)

Peripheral Dumps Roads Township Others

Existing -- -- -- --- --

Proposed 18.75 -- 18.75 -- --

(d) No. and type of trees planted and proposed

(i) Existing – Nil

When plantation was started? Month / Year

(i) Proposed – 1000 plants / ha.

Species to be planted:

Following species are proposed to be planted in the area: Embelica

officinalis (Amla), Tamarindis indica (Imli), Madhuca indica (Mahuwa),

Mangifera indica (Mango), Azardirachta indica (Neem), ficus religosa

(Peepal), Citrus medica (lemon), Zizyphus nummularia (Ber). In addition,

forest officials will be consulted for other suitable species.

40. Environmental health and safety

(a) What major health and safety hazards are anticipated? –

Inhalation of dust, generated due to reclaiming, handling and

transportation of minor minerals.

(b) What provisions have been made / proposed to be made to conform

to health and safety requirements? – Dust mask, noise- ear plugs,

-- Nil

-- 130.0

-- 1526.86

June, 2015

-- --



mufflers, safety shoes, helmets, hand gloves & all necessary medical

facilities provided & medical camp conduct periodically.

(c) In case of an existing mine- Not Applicable

(i) Comprehensive report on health status

of the workers as under the Mines Act annexed. Yes No

(ii) Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust)

Free silica –

Chromium* (Total as well as Hexavalent)

Lead**

[* Only for Chromite mines]

[**Only for Base Metal mines]

(d) Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable.

41. Environmental Management Plan

Salient features of environmental protection measures

S. No.

Environmental issues* Already practiced, if

applicable

Proposed

1 Air pollution -- Dust mask, Water spraying,

Plantation

2 Water pollution -- No waste water is generated.

3. Water conservation -- Not required

4. Noise pollution -- Ear plugs / muffs, Proper

maintenance of vehicles,

machinery, Plantation.

5. Solid waste / Tailings -- No waste will be generated.

6. Land degradation -- Pits due to mining of minor

minerals. Replenished every year

during monsoon

7. Erosion & Sediment -- Not required.

8. Top soil -- Top soil will not be generated

9. Ground vibration -- Not required

10. Wildlife conservation -- Not required.

11. Forest protection -- Not required.

12. Others (specify) -- No

[* As applicable]

42. Compliance with environmental safeguards (For existing units) – NA

(a) Status of the compliance of conditions of



Environmental clearance issued by MoEF, Yes No

if any, enclosed.

(b) Status of the compliance of ‘Consent to

Operate’ issued by SPCB, if any, enclosed. Yes No

(c) Latest 'environmental statement' enclosed. Yes No

43. Scoping of EIA

Whether environmental impact assessment

of the project has been carried out by Yes No

following scoping process?

If yes, a copy of scoping of EIA annexed Yes No

.

44. Mine closure

(a) Have you planned mine closure? Yes No

(b) Submitted a conceptual mine Yes No

closure plan.

(c) If yes, indicate estimated amount for

implementing the same (in Rs. lakhs)

45. Capital cost of the project (in Rs. Lakh)

(Based on latest estimate)

46. Cost of environmental protection measures

(in Rs. Lakh)

S.

No. Prticulars

Capital cost Annual recurring cost

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

1 Pollution Control -- 10.00 -- 2.00

2 Pollution Monitoring -- 10.00 -- 2.00

3 Green Belt -- 15.00 -- 3.00

4 Occupational Health -- 10.00 -- 2.00

6. Miscellaneous (fencing etc.) -- 5.00 -- 1.00

Total -- 50.00 -- 10.00

47. Amount earmarked for socio-economic welfare measures for the nearby

villages other than R&R plans.

1. Villages (name) to be adopted, if any – nearby villages

85.0 /-

--

√

√

√

√



2. Socio-economic package. – Handpump, School room,

playground etc.

3. Amount earmarked (in Rs. Lakh) - 2.00 lacs/year

48. Public Hearing

(a) Date of Advertisement

(b) Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared

(c) Date of public hearing (DD/MM/YYYY)

(d) Public Hearing Panel chaired by & members present - 2 & 2

(e) No. of people attended the public hearing meeting

and number of people from the applied lease area.

(f) Summary/details of public hearing in tabular form.

29.04.2014

09.06.2014 & 11.06.2014

-- 45 & 74

Dainik Bhaskar & Rajasthan Patrika



Issues raised by the Public Response/Commitment of Project

Proponents

Fund Allotment

Shri Jasvinder Singh, R/o - Ramganj

Mandi, District Kota, said – who will look

after the plant, which is described in

proposed project.

Shri Indrajeet Singh Jhala, Applied

Mine Lease holder said that, we will

look after for the maintenance of

planted saplings of the next five-year.

--

Shri Devender Singh R/o Suket, Tehsil -

Ramganj Mandi, District Kota, said that,

the project will provide the new

employment opportunities in the rural

sector. So there is no objection.

No comments

--

Shrimati Kalpana Agarwal, Additional

District Collector Kota, asked that in

presentation of proposed project there is

proposal for additional 20% plantation

what will be the scheme if more than 20%

trees have to be planted?


Mining Lease holder said that, if

required we will plant more than 20%

additional plants & in next five year

about 37,500 saplings will be planted.

The proposed Capital Cost for

green belt – 15.00 Lacs &

Recurring Cost is - 10.00 Lacs.

Shri S.D. Meena, Sub-divisional Officer,

Ramganj Mandi, District Kota, suggested

that the proposal for planting the saplings

is along the road, along with that

plantation should be done along both the

sides of National highway -12 so that main

objectives of planation can be completed.


Mining Lease holder accepted the

above suggestion and told that this

work will be done if the

administration gives us the

permission.

In continuation Shrimati Kalpana

Agarwal, Additional District Collector

Kota, told that the area will be

marked for plantation along the

--



National Highway by S.D.O. or

Tehsildar, Ramganj Mandi.

Shri Nagendra Singh, R/o Manda, Tehsil –

Ramaganj Mandi, District – Kota said that

in the presentation there is a proposal of

hand pump repair who will do that?

Mr. Indrajeet Singh Jhala, Applied

Lease holder said that there is a

separate Fund for the

repair/maintenance of hand pumps

and the road comes in the mine lease

area, it will be done by that fund.

The maintenance of Handpump,

haul road & CSR activities about

2.00 lacs per year will be spent.

Shri Mohanlal R/o Gola, Tehsil Ramganj

Mandi, District – Kota, asked that as

described in the presentation of proposed

project cloths, sweaters etc. will be made

available to poor children?


Lease holder said that cloths,

sweaters etc. will be made available to

poor children in consultation with

Gram Panchayat and Head master,

from the fund for social work.

Cloths, sweaters etc. will be made

available to poor children in

consultation with Gram Panchayat

and Head master, from the fund

for social work. About 2.00 lacs per

will be spent for the CSR activities.

Shri Vikas Sharma, R/o Suket, Tehsil

Ramganj Mandi, District – Kota, asked

that: Are Machines would be allowed in

proposed project of sand mining.


Lease holder said that in the next five

year about 37,500 saplings will be

planted along the National Highway –

112 and applied mining lease area.

The proposed Capital Cost for

green belt – 15.00 Lacs &

Recurring Cost is - 10.00 Lacs.



Issues raised by the Public Response/Commitment of Project

Proponents

Fund Allotment

Shri Anurag Verma, village Jhalawar told

that proposed project will provide

employment to rural people, it will

increase the education level of children &

he said there should be proper

arrangement for the safety and

replacement of dead plant.


Mining Lease holder told that, there

will be proper arrangement for safety

and care of plants. --

Shri Poonamchand Patidar, village

Dityakheri, Tehsil Jhalarapatan, district

Jhalawar, told that JCB machines should

not be used for operations.

Shri Narendra Singh Naruka told

that according to mining rules use of

machinery is restricted in riverbed

mining, only manual mining will be

done.

--

Shri Abdul Salim resident, Jhalawar

asked that why the transportation vehicles

sand excavated by mining project are

stopped by the staff of forest department.

Shri Khajan Singh, Additional

District Collector Jhalawar, told that

if there is any problem with sand

mining so please complaint to

Honourable District Collector and

there is Committee for solution of all

problems.

--

Shri Santosh Sharma village Bhilwari,

told that who will maintain the tar road

which is damaged by mining and

transportation vehicle.

Shri Khajan Singh, Additional

District Collector Jhalawar, told that

the basic facilities of road, electricity

etc. are provided by Govt. for better

living condition so their maintenance

will also be done by Govt. dept.

--



Shri Pushpender Singh village Devri,

Tehsil Jhalarapatan, District – Jhalawar

told that employment will be generated for

non-workers and tractor holder due to

sand mining.

No comments

--

Shri Naveen Paliwal, resident

Jhalarapatan, District Jhalawar, told that

in the presentation of the proposed mining

project there is a proposal plantation & in

the different areas of city Australian trees

are planted which gives proper shade, so

Australian trees will be planted by the

mine owner.

Shri Narendra Singh Naruka told

that in accordance with the proposed

mining project shady trees will be

planted.

--

NOTE: - Copy of minutes of Public Hearing in Hindi and English are enclosed.



49. Whether the following approvals*

(Wherever applicable) have been obtained?

A. Site clearance from MOEF – Not Required

B. Consent for Establishment from the

State Pollution Control Board Not Required

C. NOC from Atomic Energy Division – Not Required

D. Letter of mining scheme/Plan -

Approved from IBM/DMG Yes (Annexure No.

V)

E. Forestry clearance under FCA, 1980 Not Required

F. NOC from Chief Controller of Explosive Not Applicable

G. Commitment regarding availability of

Water and power from the concerned

State Authorities Not Required

H. In case of ML area falling in notified areas

of the CGWA, NOC from them Not Required

* (Annex copies)

environmental impact assessment...

Documents